Sunteți pe pagina 1din 441

SERVI CE MANUAL

A3 Color Laser Printer


EPSON AcuLaser C9200N
SEPG08001
Confidential
Confidential
Notice:
The purpose of this manual is to provide the product knowledge and the technical information required for repair or maintenance of EPSON AcuLaser M2000D/M2000DN/
M2010D/M2010DN.
All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
This manual contains confidential information and sensitive matters, special care should be taken when handling the manual.
The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of continuing improvements to the products performance and functions.
Some of the descriptions or the appearance of some parts in this manual may differ from those on an actual product.
Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Copyright SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION 2008.
Imaging Products CS, PL & Environmental Management
Confidential
This manual consists of the following seven chapters:
Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional
information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a
procedure or an action. Be sure to read and understand the information with these
symbols.
CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS
Describes the main features, basic specifications, consumable products,
periodic replacement parts, and controller interface of the product.
CHAPTER 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Describes each mechanism configurations and explains fundamental
operating principle of major components including the control system.
CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Describes the troubleshooting procedures that can help you diagnose and
resolve problems. The problems are sorted by displayed error codes and
phenomena of abnormal image output.
CHAPTER 4 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Describes the step-by-step procedures for disassembling and assembling
of the product.
CHAPTER 5 ADJUSTMENT
Describes the settings and the adjustments to be performed during the
maintenance work.
CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE
Describes preventive maintenance procedures.
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX
Provides the additional information such as panel operations, connector
pin layouts, parts list, and exploded diagrams for reference.
Manual Configuration
Symbols Used in this Manual
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, would result in injury or loss
of life.
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss
of life.
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal
injury or may cause damage to, or destruction of equipment.
Indicates a prohibited action during maintenance work.
Indicates a mandatory action during maintenance work.
CHECK
POINT
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently.
Provides additional information that is related to a specific
subject, or comment on the results achieved through a previous
action.
Indicates a product reassembly procedure, practice or condition
that must be executed in accordance with the specified standards to
maintain the products quality.
ADJUSTMENT
REQUIRED
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that must be executed in accordance with the specified
standards to maintain the products quality.
Confidential
Safety-related Symbols
Safety Equipment
List of Safety Equipment
Location of Safety Equipment
Safety System Wiring Schematic
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, would result in injury or loss
of life.
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss
of life.
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal
injury or may cause damage to, or destruction of equipment.
Never deactivate the safety equipment installed on the product for
any reason whatsoever. (e.g. Making a connection circuit bypasses
the safety equipment.)
Name Function/Purpose
Interlock switch (Front Door
SW/Right Door SW)
Shuts off 24 V DC power line when the Front Door or Right Door
is opened.
Interlock switch (Front Door
SW)
Shuts off 5V/3.3V DC power line when the Front Door is opened.
Safety
Right Door SW
Front Door SW
Front Door SW
4039T2C133AA
Main Power Switch Sleep Relay Heater Relay
1
2
3
Front Door SW
/Right Door SW Main DC Power
Supply
Sub DC Power
Supply
24V
3.3V
5V
Power supply to board
Front Door SW
4
5
Confidential
Laser Beam
Laser Opening Location
Handling Precautions
Disassembling and adjustment procedures not specified herein
may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Do not disassemble or attempt to adjust the PH unit for any
reason whatsoever. When the PH unit malfunctions, replace it
with a new one.
Laser Openings
Confidential
Prohibited Matters
Never deactivate the safety equipment installed on the product for any reason
whatsoever.
Never modify the safety equipment or replace it with part not approved by
EPSON. Doing so may cause the safety functions to stop working properly, and
may result in fire or injury.
Never modify the product. If you are instructed to do so, however, fully
understand the instruction and perform the modification.
To prevent an electric shock, burn, injury, etc., always turn the
printer off and unplug the power cord before starting maintenance
work. When the power supply cable must be connected to measure
voltage or for any other task, strictly follow the instructions and use
extreme caution in working on electronic components.
Pay particular attention to the high-voltage part indicated with the
symbol on the left.
Do not touch the high temperature parts indicated with the symbol
on the left. Those parts are extremely hot immediately after use. If
you need to replace those parts, leave the printer until it cools.
Use the specified service parts for repair and maintenance.
When using compressed air products; such as air duster, for
cleaning during repair and maintenance, the use of such products
containing flammable gas is prohibited.
Connect the printer to an electrical outlet that matches the printers
rated voltage and power requirements.
Do not connect any other devices to the electrical outlet supplying
the printer. Doing so can cause overloading of the electrical circuit
and may cause a fire.
Do not use extension cords or power adapters to plug multiple
devices into the same outlet. Power plug and electrical outlet should
be free from dust or foreign objects.
The printer should be properly grounded to prevent electric shock.
The grounding terminal should be one of the followings:
a. One of the electrical outlet
b. One that is grounded by a D-type grounding construction.
(The former third-type grounding construction; grounding
resistance under 100 ).
Power cord should not be deformed or damaged. If the cord is
damaged, replace it with a new one dedicated for the product.
After replacing the Fuser Unit or any other parts to which AC
voltage is applied, be sure to check the part is properly installed and
the connecting cables are not caught between metal parts.
Otherwise a fire or an electric shock may occur.
Fuse on the Power Supply Unit must not be replaced under any
circumstances.
Confidential
Before performing repair and maintenance work, read and
understand the documents of the product (e.g. service manual).
Be sure to follow the specified steps and use the prescribed tools
described in the documents.
When disassembling or assembling the product, make sure to wear
gloves to avoid injury from metal parts with sharp edges.
Take care not to drop any screws, washers, or clips inside the
printer body. Should it fall in, do not boot up your printer until the
part has been safely removed.
After reassembling the printer, make sure all the parts and the
screws are put back in place and the cables are not caught between
metal parts.
Though toner and developer are safe for human body, they may
cause irritation to skin and eyes. If toner gets into your eyes, wash it
away immediately with water. If irritation continues, see a physician.
If toner gets in your mouth, rinse immediately with plenty of water.
If swallowed, induce vomiting and consult a physician.
Do not throw used toner cartridges or toner into the flames.
Do not use vacuum cleaner for home use to clean up spills of
powdered toners. The very fine particles can cause fire/explosion.
Sweep them thoroughly with a broom or wipe them with a cloth
moistened with neutral detergent. If a large amount of toner is
spilled, use a toner vacuum designed specifically to clean toner.
Ozone gas is generated by the printer as a by-product of the
printing process. The amount of gas is too small to be harmful,
however, some users may feel uncomfortable under the following
conditions. It is desirable to advice the users to ventilate the room
when using the printer.
When using the printer for a long period of time in a room with
poor ventilation.
When printing a large amount of documents at a time.
When using multiple printers in the same room.
In order to protect sensitive microprocessors and circuitry, use
static discharge equipment, such as anti-static wrist straps, when
accessing internal components.
Do not use thinner or alcohol when cleaning the product as it may
result in discoloration or deformation.
Make sure an antivirus software is installed on the computer used
for service support. Be sure to have the latest virus definition file for
the software.
Confidential
This manual is revised when the system, component, or part of the product is modified as a result of continuing improvements to the products performance and functions.
See the table below for recent updates.
Revision History
Revision Date of Issue Description
A J uly 25, 2008 First Release
B October 14, 2008 Revision:
Chapter 2
2.2.2 Parts layout drawing: revised the contents partially.
Chapter 3
Table 3-17 Error Code List: revised the contents partially.
Revised E555.
Chapter 5
Table 5-3 Update method for Firmware: revised the contents.
Chapter 7
In 7.2 Wiring Diagram: added connector CNDM3.
7.5.5 Maintenance Status Sheet: revised the contents partially.
C May 17, 2010 Revision:
Chapter 1
1.2.1 Error Message and Troubleshooting was added.
1.2.2 Warning Message and Troubleshooting was added.
Chapter 3
3.3.4 Other Errors was added.
Chapter 4
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M): revised the assembling directions partially.
D September 8, 2010 Revision:
Chapter 3
3.3.2 Solution to Engine-Related Error revised the contents partially. (E553)
Chapter 7
7.6 Exploded Diagram / Parts List: revised the contents partially.
Confidential
Contents
Chapter 1PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
1.1 Product Specifications........................................................................................ 12
1.1.1 Basic Specifications................................................................................. 12
1.1.2 Paper Specifications................................................................................ 17
1.1.3 Replacement Parts................................................................................... 20
1.1.4 Controller Specifications......................................................................... 21
1.2 List of Printer Messages..................................................................................... 22
1.2.1 Error Message and Troubleshooting....................................................... 25
1.2.2 Warning Message and Troubleshooting.................................................. 28
Chapter 2OPERATING PRINCIPLES
2.1 Print Process....................................................................................................... 32
2.2 Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism................................................... 33
2.2.1 Center cross section................................................................................. 33
2.2.2 Parts layout drawing................................................................................ 35
2.2.3 PH Unit.................................................................................................... 38
2.2.4 Photoconductor Unit section (PU section) .............................................. 41
2.2.5 Photo Conductor section.......................................................................... 43
2.2.6 Charge Corona section............................................................................ 44
2.2.7 Developing section.................................................................................. 46
2.2.8 Toner Supply section............................................................................... 51
2.2.9 Transfer Corona section.......................................................................... 54
2.2.10 Toner Collecting section........................................................................ 63
2.2.11 Paper feed section (Standard Cassette).................................................. 66
2.2.12 Bypass section (MP tray)....................................................................... 69
2.2.13 Registration Roller section.................................................................... 72
2.2.14 Fusing section........................................................................................ 74
2.2.15 Paper exit section................................................................................... 81
2.2.16 Image stabilization control .................................................................... 82
2.2.17 Life management................................................................................... 83
2.3 Operating principle of Option mechanism......................................................... 85
2.3.1 Optional Cassette..................................................................................... 85
2.3.2 Duplex Unit............................................................................................. 89
2.4 Other Control...................................................................................................... 94
2.4.1 Fan Control.............................................................................................. 94
2.4.2 Engine Section Parts Operated When the Main Power Switch is Turned ON
95
Chapter 3Troubleshooting
3.1 Overview............................................................................................................ 97
3.1.1 Procedure Outline for Troubleshooting................................................... 97
3.1.2 Preliminary Check................................................................................... 97
3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Troubleshooting Work................................. 98
3.1.4 Troubleshooting Flowchart..................................................................... 98
3.2 J am Display........................................................................................................ 99
3.2.1 Checking a paper jam type and jammed location.................................... 99
3.2.2 Sensor layout......................................................................................... 101
3.2.3 Solution................................................................................................. 102
3.3 Service Call Error............................................................................................. 107
3.3.1 Error code.............................................................................................. 107
3.3.2 Solution to Engine-Related Error.......................................................... 113
3.3.3 Controller Related Error........................................................................ 129
3.3.4 Other Errors........................................................................................... 131
3.4 Power supply trouble........................................................................................ 134
3.4.1 Machine is not energized at all (PU1 operation check)......................... 134
3.4.2 Control panel indicators do not light..................................................... 134
3.4.3 Fusing Heaters do not operate............................................................... 135
3.4.4 Power is not supplied to option............................................................. 135
3.5 Image quality problem...................................................................................... 136
3.5.1 Initial Check Items................................................................................ 136
3.5.2 Image Trouble List................................................................................ 136
3.5.3 Solution................................................................................................. 139
Chapter 4DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
4.1 Preliminary Check............................................................................................ 157
4.1.1 Tool List................................................................................................ 157
4.1.2 Parts/Units that Should Not be Disassembled....................................... 157
4.1.3 How to Read this Chapter .................................................................... 158
Confidential
4.2 List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units................................................... 160
4.3 Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly................................................................ 162
4.3.1 Group 1.................................................................................................. 162
4.3.2 Group 2.................................................................................................. 169
4.3.3 Group 3.................................................................................................. 175
4.3.4 Group 4.................................................................................................. 193
4.3.5 Group 5.................................................................................................. 198
4.3.6 Group 6.................................................................................................. 206
4.3.7 Group 7.................................................................................................. 210
4.3.8 Group 8.................................................................................................. 221
4.3.9 Group 9.................................................................................................. 226
4.3.10 Group 10.............................................................................................. 230
4.3.11 Group 11.............................................................................................. 246
4.3.12 Group 12.............................................................................................. 260
4.3.13 Group 13.............................................................................................. 271
4.3.14 Group 14.............................................................................................. 275
4.3.15 Group 15.............................................................................................. 279
4.3.16 Group 16.............................................................................................. 286
4.3.17 Group 17.............................................................................................. 291
4.4 Others............................................................................................................... 297
Chapter 5ADJUSTMENT
5.1 Adjustment Item............................................................................................... 314
5.2 Adjustment ....................................................................................................... 315
5.2.1 Skew Adjustment................................................................................... 315
5.2.2 MP Tray Mechanical Adjustment ......................................................... 316
5.2.3 Reset Life Counter................................................................................. 317
5.2.4 Writing USB ID..................................................................................... 318
5.3 Firmware Update.............................................................................................. 320
Chapter 6MAINTENANCE
6.1 Cleaning............................................................................................................ 332
Chapter 7APPENDIX
7.1 Connection Diagram......................................................................................... 338
7.2 Wiring Diagram................................................................................................ 339
7.3 Connector Layout Drawing.............................................................................. 346
7.4 Control Panel Special Operations..................................................................... 347
7.4.1 Operation Method & Functions............................................................. 347
7.4.2 Special Menu......................................................................................... 349
7.5 Information Sheet............................................................................................. 352
7.5.1 Configuration Status Sheet.................................................................... 352
7.5.2 Supplies Status Sheet............................................................................. 353
7.5.3 Usage History Sheet.............................................................................. 354
7.5.4 Support Status Sheet.............................................................................. 355
7.5.5 Maintenance Status Sheet...................................................................... 356
7.5.6 Error Log Sheet..................................................................................... 363
7.6 Exploded Diagram / Parts List......................................................................... 364
Confidential
CHAP T E R
1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 12
Confidential
1.1 Product Specifications
AcuLaser C9200N is a PDL model of a color page printer utilizing laser and
electrophotographic technologies.
1.1.1 Basic Specifications
PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS
*1: Conditions: A4, plain paper, continuous printing
The values vary depending on paper type and size.
*2: Less than 109 seconds from sleep mode. (120 V)
Less than 109 seconds from sleep mode. (230 V)
*3: Paper feeder =MP tray, Standard Cassette or Optional Cassette 1
Paper size =A4
*4: A4, continuous printing, independent of color/monochrome ratio.
*5: No condensation
OPTIONAL UNIT
Item Specification
Resolution 600 dpi
Print speed*
1
(Single-sided / Duplex)
Color 25.6 ppm / 23.8 ppm
Monochrome 25.6 ppm / 23.8 ppm
Warm-up time 23C, 55% RH Less than 109 seconds*
2
(120 V)
Less than 109 seconds*
2
(230 V)
First Print Out*
3
Color 11.4 seconds
Monochrome 8.1 seconds
Dimensions (W x D x H) 648 mm x 608 mm x 477 mm
Weight (excluded consumables) 49.5 kg
Power supply AC 110 ~120 V: 50 Hz / 60 Hz 3 Hz
AC 220 ~440 V: 50 Hz / 60 Hz 3 Hz
Power consumption Max. 110 ~120 V: Less than 1340 W
220 ~240 V: Less than 1390 W
Color printing 110 ~120 V: 581 W
220 ~240 V: 576 W
Monochrome printing 110 ~120 V: 543 W
220 ~240 V: 522 W
Ready (Heater ON)
(Average)
110 ~120 V: 139 W
220 ~240 V: 146 W
Sleep Less than 11 W
Stand by 0 W
Life*
4
600,000 pages or five years, whichever
comes first
Durability Average: 4,000 pages / month
Max: 10,000 pages / month
Noise Printing 52 dB
Standby 40 dB
Storage and
transportation
conditions
Temperature and
humidity
Temperature: 0 ~35 C
Humidity: 30 ~85 % RH*
5
Optional
cassette
Capacity: Up to 500 sheets
Paper size: A3, A4, B4, B5, Letter, LGL, B, F4
Duplex Unit Paper size: A3F, A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, Letter, LGL, B, GLG, GLT, EXE,
F4, Double postal card, 4-sided postal card
Item Specification
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 13
Confidential
EXTERNAL VIEW AND PART NAMES

Figure 1-1. Front view

Figure 1-2. Rear view
Table 1-1. Part Names
No. Name No. Name
1 Control Panel 6 MP Tray
2 Output Tray 7 Paper Indicator
3 Cover B 8 Standard Cassette
4 Odor filter 9 Cover F (Front Door)
5 Cover A (Right Door)
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
2 3
Table 1-2. Part Names
No. Name No. Name
1 Exhaust filter 5 AC inlet
2 Left side cover 6 Service connector
3 Type-B interface card slot cover 7 Parallel interface connector
4 Ethernet interface connector 8 USB interface connector
3
4
5
7
8
6
2
1
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 14
Confidential

Figure 1-3. Inside the printer
Table 1-3. Part Names
No. Name No. Name No. Name
1 Toner Cartridge (Yellow) 6 Photoconductor unit (Black) 11 Power switch
2 Toner Cartridge (Magenta) 7 Photoconductor unit (Cyan) 12 Cover H
3 Toner Cartridge (Cyan) 8 Photoconductor unit (Magenta) 13 Paper path G
4 Toner Cartridge (Black) 9 Photoconductor unit (Yellow)
5 Exposure window cleaning bar 10 Waste toner collector
5
11
4 3 2 1
10
6
9 7
8
12
13
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 15
Confidential
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
The following figure shows the dimensions and weight of the printer.
NOTE 1 : Manufacturing tolerance is 5 mm in dimensions and 0.5 kg in weight.
2 : Consumables are not included in the weight of the main unit.
Figure 1-4. Main Unit
Figure 1-5. Main Unit with Optional Units Installed
608 mm 648 mm
4
7
7

m
m
Main Unit 49.5 kg
629 mm 699 mm
9
3
7

m
m
Optional Cassette 14.8 kg
Main Unit +Optional Cassette 1 level 64.3 kg
2 levels 79.1 kg
3 levels 93.9 kg
Main Unit +Duplex Unit 52.8 kg
Main Unit +Optional Cassettes (3 levels) +Printer stand 102.4 kg
8
4
9

m
m
7
2
5

m
m
6
0
1

m
m
4
7
7

m
m
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 16
Confidential
INSTALLATION SPACE REQUIREMENTS
The following figure shows the dimensions of the space required around the printer.
Be sure to provide the space for installation, operation, and maintenance.
Figure 1-6. Installation Space Requirements
300 mm
200 mm
450 mm
820 mm
1125 mm
100 mm
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 17
Confidential
1.1.2 Paper Specifications
SUPPORTED PAPERS
*: Plain Paper: FX-P (64g/m
2
), Epson color laser paper (82g/m
2
)
Table 1-4. Supported Papers
Paper Feeder Paper Type* Paper Size
Capacity
(Height)
Weight
Standard Standard Cassette Plain paper / Recycled paper A3F, A3, A4, A5, B4, B5 250 sheets 64 ~90 g/m
2
MP tray Plain paper / Recycled paper A3F, A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, LT, HLT, GLT, LGL, GLG, EXE, B, F4 100 sheets 64 ~90 g/m
2
Special media Transparency A4, LT 10 sheets ---
Coated Paper A3F, A3, A4 10 sheets ---
Long Paper Width: 210 mm ~297 mm
Length: 458 mm ~1,200 mm
1 sheets 127 ~160 g/m
2
Postcard Postcard, Double postal card, 4-sided postal card 10 sheets 190 g/m
2
Labels A4, LT 10 sheets 91 ~209 g/m
2
Thick paper A3F, A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, LT, HLT, GLT, LGL, GLG, EXE, B, F4 10 sheets 91 ~256 g/m
2
Envelope Monarch, COM-#10, DL, IB5, C5, C6 10 sheets 91 ~256 g/m
2
User defined Width: 90.00 mm ~311.20 mm
Length: 139.70 mm ~1200.00 mm
--- 64 ~256 g/m
2
Option Optional Cassette Plain paper / Recycled paper A3, A4, B4, B5, LT, LGL, B, F4 500 sheets 64 ~90 g/m
2
Duplex unit Plain paper / Recycled paper / Thick paper A3F, A3, A4, A5, B4, B5, Letter, LGL, B, GLG, GLT, EXE, F4 --- 64 ~256 g/m
2
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 18
Confidential
UNSUITABLE PAPERS
The following types of paper should not be used, otherwise decreased print quality,
paper misfeeds, or damage to the printer may occur.
Specially-treated papers, such as carbon-backed, non-carbon, heat-sensitive,
pressure-sensitive, or acid paper
Extremely thick or extremely thin papers
Damp paper
Art paper, coated paper for color printers
Extremely smooth or extremely rough paper, or paper with uneven surface
Perforated paper or paper with punched hole
Folded, curled, wrinkled, or torn paper
Paper of a non-standard shape (not rectangular)
Label that peels off easily
Papers with glue, staples, or paper clips
Inkjet printer paper (Photo Quality Ink J et Paper, Glossy Paper, Glossy Film, etc.)
Printouts printed by a heat-transfer printer or an inkjet printer
Transparency for other color laser printers or color photocopiers
Printouts printed by another color/monochrome laser printer or a photocopier
Sheets of paper stuck together using glue or the like
Postcards for inkjet printers
Iron-on Transfer Paper (for inkjet printers or laser printers)
Paper that deteriorates or discolors at 200 C or lower
When using illustrated postcards, paper feed rollers may be soiled with paper dust
and these cards may not be fed properly. In this case, clean the rollers with
reference to Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE (p.331)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 19
Confidential
PRINTABLE AREA
Maximum print area (Printing is guaranteed)
Area excluding 4.2 mm margins on all four edges
(For A3F, all areas except 2 mm from the left and right edges)
Guaranteed print area
Area excluding 5 mm margins on all four edges
(Values in parenthesis ( ) are for A3F)
Table 1-5. Guaranteed Print Area
ENVELOPE ORIENTATION
POSTCARD ORIENTATION
5 mm (7 mm)
5

m
m
5

m
m
5 mm (7 mm)
Envelope Size Monarch, COM-#10, DL, C5, C6
Feeding
Direction

Postcard type
Postcard Front
side printing
Postcard Reverse
side printing
Front side of double postal card
Back side of double postal card
Feeding
Direction

Feeding
Direction

Front side of 4-sided postal card Back side of 4-sided postal card
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 20
Confidential
PAPER EJECT/CAPACITY
*1: Calculated on FX-P paper (64 g/m2)
*2: Calculated on EPSON color laser paper (82 g/m2)
1.1.3 Replacement Parts
CONSUMABLES
PRODUCTS THAT REQUIRE PERIODIC REPLACEMENT
Load envelopes on the MP tray with the side to be printed face
down.
Before printing on envelopes, set the release lever to envelope
position.
Do not use envelopes that have a tape or glue.
Paper eject Capacity Remarks
Face down 500
*1
sheets
350
*2
sheets
Applicable to simplex printing only.
Name Life
Toner Cartridge (K) Included in the initial package 5,000 pages
Replacement 21,000 pages
Toner Cartridge (Y/M/C) Included in the initial package 3,500 pages
Replacement 14,000 pages
Photoconductor Unit (K) 50,000 pages
Photoconductor Unit (Y/M/C) 30,000 pages
Waste toner collector 21,000 pages
Odor filter (Included in the K toner cartridge) 15,000 pages
Exhaust fan filter (Included in the waste toner collector) 18,000 pages
Name Life
Fusing Unit 120,000 pages
Transfer belt unit 120,000 pages
2nd transfer roller (Included in the Transfer belt unit) 120,000 pages
Maintenance Unit (Feed roller for MP tray and Standard cassette) 200,000 pages
Feed roller, Separation roller 200,000 pages
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 21
Confidential
1.1.4 Controller Specifications
BASIC SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERNAL INTERFACES
Figure 1-7. External Interfaces
CPU 32bit RISC CPU
Enhanced Technology NPGI, PGI, CRIT, RIT
RAM Standard (on-board) 256 MB
Maximum 768 MB
Expansion Type DDR333 CL=2.5
(128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB)
Numbers of slot 1 slot
ROM Type 32-bit width (3.3V)
Program 32 MB (DIMM)
Font Included in the program
Expansion ROM ROM for Adobe PS3 as a standard
EEPROM Serial type 512 kbit
Control panel 22 digits x 5 lines LCD, three LEDs and seven buttons
Printer language ESC/Page-Color, ESC/Page, FX, ESCP2, I239X,
PCL5c, PCL6, Adobe PostScript3 and PDF1.6
Auxiliary software Configuration Status Sheet
Supplies Status Sheet
Usage History Sheet
Reserve J ob List
Form Overlay List
Network Status Sheet
EpsonNet Config (Web)
USB Ext I/F Status Sheet (only when connected to
D4 compliant USB devices)
AUX Status Sheet (only when Type-B level 3 is
installed)
PS3 Status Sheet
PS3 Font List
ROM A Information (only when optional DIMM
is installed)
Standard USB interface
USB 2.0HS Device Interface
Service connector (USB 2.0HS Host Interface)
Parallel interface
IEEE1284 compliant
Ethernet interface
100BaseTX/10BaseT
Option Type-B interface
---
USB 2.0HS Device Interface
Parallel Interface
USB 2.0HS Host Interface
Ethernet Interface
Type-B Interface
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 22
Confidential
1.2 List of Printer Messages
The following table shows the printers LEDs indications in each printer status.
The meanings of the symbols used in the table are as follows.
O: Lights
---: Lights or flashes depending on the condition
X: Off
1: Flashes on and off at intervals of 0.3 seconds
2: Flashes on and off at intervals of 0.6 seconds
Table 1-6. List of Printer Messages
Class Printer Status Error LED status
Status
Formatting CF X
ROM CHECK X
RAM CHECK X
CF CHECK X
Unable Clear Error O
SELF TEST X
Reset All All flashing
Reset X
Cancel All Print J ob X
Cancel Print J ob X
Writing ROM A
Dont poweroff nnn/mmm
*1
---
Writing ROM P
Dont poweroff nnn/mmm
*1
---
Reset to Save X
Please Select File ---
Please wait for print ---
USB Memory Searching Files : nnn ---
Can't Print File ---
Status
Form Feed X
Printing Configuration Status Sheet X
Printing Supplies Status Sheet X
Printing Usage History Sheet X
ESC/Page Font Sample X
PCL Font Sample X
ESCP2 Font Sample X
FX Font Sample X
I239X Font Sample X
PS3 Status Sheet printing X
PS3 Font List X
Printing Support Status Sheet X
Printing Maintenance Status Sheet X
ROM A Information X
Reserve J ob List X
Form Overlay List X
Color Diagnosis Sheet X
Warming Up X
Calibrating Printer X
Offline X
Cancel Print J ob X
Sleep X
Preheat Mode X
Ready X
(Printing) X
(Communication with inactive I/F) ---
(J ob being executed (printing OK)) ---
Table 1-6. List of Printer Messages
Class Printer Status Error LED status
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 23
Confidential
Warning
Reserve J ob Canceled X
CompactFlash Full X
Form Data Canceled X
PS3 CompactFlash Full X
Can't Print X
Collate Disabled X
Check Paper Size X
Image Optimum X
Check Paper Type X
Need Memory X
Not Supported USB Device XXX
*2
X
Format Error ROM A X
Correct time using Time Setting X
Replace Photocon uuuu
*3
X
uuuu
*3
Toner Low X
Photocon uuuu
*3
Needed Soon X
Waste Toner Box Near Full X
Replace Fuser 2
Replace Transfer Unit 2
Replace Maintenance Unit 2
Replace Feed Roller C2 2
Replace Feed Roller C3 2
Replace Feed Roller C4 X
Fuser Needed Soon X
Transfer Unit Needed Soon X
Maintenance Unit Needed Soon X
Feed Roller C2 Needed Soon X
Feed Roller C3 Needed Soon X
Feed Roller C4 Needed Soon X
Non-Genuine Toner Cartridge X
Table 1-6. List of Printer Messages
Class Printer Status Error LED status
Error
Service Req Cffff
*3
All flashing
Service Req Eggg
*3
All flashing
Optional RAM Error O
Format Required
No=LeftSW Yes=OK SW
O
Write Error ROM A O
Write Error ROM P O
J am Paper Size Error O
Check Transparency O
Paper J am w w w w w
*4
O
Wrong Toner Cartridge uuuu
*5
O
Toner Cart Error uuuu
*5
O
Install Photocon uuuu
*5
O
Install uuuu
*5
TnrCart O
Install Waste Toner Box O
Wrong Photocon uuuu
*5
O
Photocon Trouble uuuu
*5
O
Replace Photocon uuuu
*5
O
Replace Photocon uuuu
*5
2
Replace Toner uuuu
*5
O
Replace Toner uuuu
*5
O
NonGenuineToner uuuu
*5
O
Replace Waste Toner Box O
Replace Fuser O
Replace Fuser 2
Replace Transfer Unit 2
Replace Maintenance Unit 2
Replace Feed Roller C2 2
Replace Feed Roller C3 2
Replace Feed Roller C4 2
Table 1-6. List of Printer Messages
Class Printer Status Error LED status
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 24
Confidential
Note : Messages in the table are sorted in the order descending priorities. The message shown
at top of the table has the highest priority.
*1: nnn =Number of written blocks, mmm =total number of blocks
*2: "XXX" is replaced with Hub when a USB memory with a hub is installed. Otherwise,
it is displayed as a blank.
*3: See 3.3.3 Controller Related Error (p.129) for details.
*4: WWWWW indicates the jammed or opened point. See 3.2.1 Checking a paper
jam type and jammed location (p.99).
*5: uuuu =Either of the following will appear: C, M,Y, K, Cyan (C), Magenta (M), Yellow
(Y), Black (K). Only when a message exceeds the display digit in full spelling,
abbreviated forms (C, M, Y, K) will appear.
*6: ppp =Either of the following will appear: Envelope, Normal.
*7: Error location
*8: Displays relevant values of the paper source in the panel setting except Auto.
*9: Displays relevant values of each paper feed size of the Tray menu in the panel setting.
Error
Set Release Lever to ppp
*6
Position O
w w w w
*7
Open O
Manual Feed sss 2
Turn Paper Cassette1 O
Turn Paper Cassette2 O
Turn Paper Cassette3 O
Turn Paper Cassette4 O
Cant Print Duplex 1
Paper Out ttt
*8
sss
*9
O
Paper Set ttt
*8
sss
*9
1
Print Overrun 1
Memory Overflow 1
Duplex Memory Overflow 1
Invalid Data 1
CompactFlash Error O
Invalid N/W Module O
Invalid PS3 O
Invalid AUX I/F Card O
Invalid ROM A O
Table 1-6. List of Printer Messages
Class Printer Status Error LED status
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 25
Confidential
1.2.1 Error Message and Troubleshooting
l
Table 1-7. Error Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
Format Required
No=LeftSW
Yes=OK SW
A CompactFlash which does not
have two partitions has been
installed.
Press the OK button to
format the CompactFlash.
Turn off the printer without
any operation and remove
the CompactFlash.
An unformatted CompactFlash
has been installed.
The printer is turned on after
executing "Format
CompactFlash" or "Delete All
CompactFlash Data" of the
Support Menu.
Paper J am
W W W W W
Paper jam in the displayed area.
Remove the jammed paper and
close the cover. Printing will be
started again from where the jam
occurred. Refer to Figure 1-8.
Check Transparency
Transparency is specified, but
media other than transparencies
were fed. Or transparency is not
specified, but transparencies was
fed.
Remove the media from the MP
Tray. Open and close cover F.
Load the correct media to start
printing again from where the
jam occurred.
NonGenuineToner uuuu
The toner cartridge of the
specified color is non-genuine.
The error is cleared either by
replacing it with a genuine toner
or selecting continuing use
according to the user
confirmation flow.
Toner Cartridge Error
uuuu
The toner cartridge of the
specified color is out of order.
1. Replace the toner cartridge of
the specified color with a
normal one.
2. Replace with a new toner
cartridge.
If the error is not cancelled, turn
the printer off and on again.
Photocon Trouble uuuu
The photoconductor unit of the
specified color is out of order.
1. Replace the photoconductor
unit of the specified color
with a normal one.
2. Replace with a new
photoconductor unit.
If the error is not cancelled, turn
the printer off and on again.
Install uuuu TnrCart
The toner cartridge of the
specified color is not
installed. Or it is not
installed correctly.
The tape has not been
removed from the toner
cartridge of the specified
color.
Install the toner cartridge for
the specified color.
If a toner cartridge is
installed, remove it, remove
the tape, and reinstall it.
Install Photocon uuuu
The photoconductor unit of
the specified color is not
installed. Or it is not
installed correctly.
The tape has not been
removed from the
photoconductor unit of the
specified color.
Install the photoconductor
unit for the specified color.
If a photoconductor unit is
installed, remove it, remove
the tape, and reinstall it.
Wrong Toner uuuu
The toner cartridge of the
specified color is invalid
(different destination).
Replace with a legitimate toner
cartridge.
Replace Toner uuuu
Printing has stopped because
the toner cartridge of the
specified color has reached
its lifetime.
Cannot be cleared by the
Start/Stop switch.
Replace with a new toner
cartridge of the specified color.
Install Waste Toner Box
The waste toner box is not
installed. Or it is not installed
correctly.
Install a waste toner box.
Wrong Photocon uuuu
The photoconductor unit of the
specified color is invalid
(different destination).
Replace with a legitimate
photoconductor unit.
Table 1-7. Error Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 26
Confidential
Replace Photocon uuuu
Printing has stopped because
the photoconductor unit of
the specified color has
reached its lifetime.
Cannot be cleared by the
Start/Stop switch.
Error LED flashing
Replace with a new
photoconductor unit of
the specified color.
Press the Start/Stop
switch to clear the error
and continue printing.
Error LED On
Replace with a new
photoconductor unit of the
specified color.
Replace Waste Toner
Box
The waste toner box is at the
end of its product lifetime.
Cannot be cleared by the
Start/Stop switch.
Replace with a new waste toner
box.
Replace Fuser
Printing has stopped because
the fuser unit has reached its
lifetime.
Can be cleared by the Start/
Stop switch.
Error LED flashing
Replace with a new fuser
unit.
Press the Start/Stop
switch to clear the error
and continue printing.
Error LED On
Replace with a new fuser
unit.
Replace Transfer Unit
Printing has stopped because
the transfer unit has reached
its lifetime.
Can be cleared by the Start/
Stop switch.
Replace with a new transfer
unit.
Press the Start/Stop switch to
clear the error and continue
printing.
Replace Maintenance
Unit
Printing has stopped because
the maintenance unit has
reached its lifetime.
Can be cleared by the Start/
Stop switch.
Replace with a new
maintenance unit. After
replacement, perform Reset
Maint Counter on the panel.
Press the Start/Stop switch
to clear the error and
continue printing.
Table 1-7. Error Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
Replace Feed Roller xxx
Printing has stopped because
the paper feed roller has
reached its lifetime.
Can be cleared by the Start/
Stop switch.
Contact Service and replace
the paper feed roller. After
replacement, perform Reset
xxx Counter on the panel.
Press the Start/Stop switch to
clear the error and continue
printing.
Set Release Lever to ppp
Position
Displayed when there is an
envelope print request after
printing plain paper, or a plain
paper print request after printing
envelopes, prompting the user to
set the release lever to the
correct position.
Open cover A, set the release
lever to the position shown in
the message, and close cover A.
wwww Open A cover is open.
The error is cleared by closing
the cover specified. Refer to
Figure 1-8.
Table 1-7. Error Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 27
Confidential
Figure 1-8. cover
Invalid CompactFlash
Error
The installed CompactFlash
cannot be used on this printer or
it is a CompactFlash of less than
4 GB, or "No" is selected when
"Format Required" occurred.
This error also occurs under the
following conditions for a
CompactFlash with the
password lock function.
Password lock has failed.
Could not unlock the
password lock.
Turn off the printer, remove
the CompactFlash, and turn
on the printer.
Select "Yes" to format the
CompactFlash when "Format
Required" occurs.
Can't Print Duplex
An error resulted as printing was
specified with conditions where
duplex printing is not possible.
This error is cleared by
pressing the Start/Stop
switch and the printer prints
in simplex.
When Auto Continue is on,
simplex printing starts after a
certain interval.
If printing does not continue,
cancel the job.
Turn Paper Cassette 1
(2,3,4)
An error occurred because the
width of the paper set in the
feeder device was narrower than
the width set for printing. With
this printer, the error occurs
when the following conditions
are met at the same time.
The width of the paper size
specified for printing is
210.00mm or more.
The paper set is less than
210.00 mm wide.
The envisioned situation is when
normally horizontally set A4,
A5, B5, or LT is mistakenly set
vertically.
When the specified paper
size is correct
Remove the paper from the
cassette displayed and set the
correct paper. The error is
cleared and printing starts.
When the set paper is correct
Cancel the job for which the
error occurred, and resend
the data with the correct
paper size specified.
Table 1-7. Error Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
cover F
cassette 1 (C1)
cassette 2 (C2)
cassette 3 (C3)
cassette 4 (C4)
cover E2
cover E3
cover E4
MP tray
cover A
cover B
cover D
cover H
paper path G
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 28
Confidential
1.2.2 Warning Message and Troubleshooting
Table 1-8. Warning Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
Reserve J ob Canceled
An attempt has been made to
register a new Re-Print J ob, Verify
J ob, Stored J ob or Confidential J ob
though the number of registrations
has reached the maximum.
Delete or print the registered
Re-Print J obs, Verify J obs,
Stored J obs or Confidential
J obs.
When the user attempted to register
a Re-Print J ob or Verify J ob, there
was already a Stored J ob registered
by same user name or job name.
When there is another Stored
J ob with the same user name or
job name, either change the job
name and register it or delete
the Stored J ob.
Insufficient capacity of RAM disk.
Or, RAM Disk is set to Off.
Set RAM Disk to Normal or
Maximum if RAM Disk is set
to Off. Increase the RAM Disk
capacity or add more RAM if
RAM Disk is already set to
Normal or Maximum.
Insufficient capacity of
CompactFlash. Or, a
CompactFlash is not installed.
Install a CompactFlash if a
CompactFlash is not installed.
CompactFlash Full
The CompactFlash memory is full
and collated print jobs, form data,
reserve jobs etc. cannot be saved.
Delete unnecessary form data
and Reserve J obs (Re-Print,
Verify, Stored, and
Confidential).
Form Data Canceled
The user attempted registration
after reaching the maximum
number.
Delete registered forms. Or,
replace the USB memory.
The USB memory is not installed,
or was removed while registering.
Or, the capacity of the USB
memory is insufficient.
Check if the USB memory is
installed. Or, replace with
another USB memory with a
larger capacity.
A CompactFlash is not installed. Install a CompactFlash.
PS3CompactFlash Full
When downloading PS3 fonts, the
CompactFlash memory is full and
the fonts cannot be saved.
Delete previously downloaded
fonts to empty the
CompactFlash memory.
Can't Print
Data was disregarded and not
printed due to a problem in the
data. The following are conditions
of this warning.
Bandwidth of the received data
does not match the value
determined by the paper size.
The received data contains
undefined intermediate codes or
compression format.
Checksums attached to the
intermediate code data using
ESC/Page and ESC/Page-Color
do not match checksums of the
actual data.
Data cannot be read from the
USB memory where print data
is stored.
This error occurs when a
printer driver for a different
printer is used. Check the
printer and reinstall it if it is an
incorrect driver. When printing
from a USB memory, check
and reinsert the USB memory.
Check Paper Size
The paper size for the loaded paper
and specified paper do not match.
Set the paper of the specified
size.
Image Optimum
Printing with PS
This warning occurs when
memory is insufficient, and the
resolution is reduced.
Printing with the ESC/Page-
Color driver or EPSON PCL
driver
This warning occurs when data
is compressed with a higher
level of compression.
Printing with PS
Add memory.
ESC/Page-Color driver or
EPSON PCL driver
Set the priority of the driver
data compression method
to quality.
Not Supported USB
Device xxx
The USB device (other than a
memory device) or a USB memory
with a hub currently connected to
the USB port is not supported. A
file check is performed whenever a
new device is found on the USB
port, and this error occurs at the
point.
Disconnect the USB memory
from the USB port, or specify
Clear Warning to clear the
warning.
Table 1-8. Warning Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 29
Confidential
Correct time using
Time Setting
The printer has not been turned on
for 10 days or longer and the
capacitor has been
discharged.
Set the date and time again
from Time Setting. This
warning recurs until they are
set again.
Replace Photocon uuuu
The photoconductor unit for the
specified color has reached its
lifetime when it has been
continuously used after the
"Replace Photocon uuuu" error.
The print quality is not guaranteed
while this message is being
displayed.
Replace with a new
photoconductor unit of the
specified color.
This message is cancelled
by one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
uuuu Toner Low
Message warning that remaining
toner is low for the specified color.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replace with a new toner
cartridge of the specified
color.
Photocon uuuu Needed
Soon
Message warning that the
photoconductor unit of the
specified color is approaching the
end of its lifetime.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replace with a new
photoconductor unit of the
specified color.
Table 1-8. Warning Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
Waste Toner Box Near
Full
Message warning that the waste
toner box is approaching the end of
its lifetime.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replacing the waste toner
box with a new one.
Replace Fuser
Message warning that the fuser
unit has reached the end of its
lifetime when it has been
continuously used after the
"Replace Fuser" error. The print
quality is not guaranteed while this
message is being displayed.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replacing the fuser unit
with a new one.
Replace Transfer Unit
Message warning that the transfer
unit has reached the end of its
lifetime when it has been
continuously used after the
"Replace Transfer Unit" error. The
print quality is not guaranteed
while this message is being
displayed.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replacing the transfer unit
with a new one.
Replace Maintenance
Unit
Message warning that the
maintenance unit has reached its
lifetime when it has been
continuously used after the
"Replace Maintenance Unit" error.
The print quality is not guaranteed
while this message is being
displayed.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replacing the maintenance
unit with a new one.
Table 1-8. Warning Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 30
Confidential
Replace Feed Roller
xxx
Message warning that the paper
feed roller has reached the end of
its lifetime when it has been
continuously used after the
"Replace Feed Roller xxx" error.
The print quality is not guaranteed
while this message is being
displayed.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replacing the feed roller
with a new one.
Fuser Needed Soon
The fuser unit is approaching its
lifetime.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replacing the fuser unit
with a new one.
Transfer Unit Needed
Soon
The transfer unit is approaching its
lifetime.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replacing the transfer unit
with a new one.
Maintenance Unit
Needed Soon
This message appears when the
maintenance unit is approaching its
lifetime.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replacing the maintenance
unit with a new one.
Table 1-8. Warning Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
Feed Roller xxxNeeded
Soon
Message warning that the paper
feed roller is approaching the end
of its lifetime.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Executing Clear All
Warnings in the Reset
Menu.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
Replacing the feed roller
with a new one.
Non-Genuine Toner
Cartridge
Warning message that the toner
cartridge is non-genuine when
selecting continued use in the user
confirmation flow.
This message is cancelled by
one of the following.
Replacing with a genuine
toner cartridge.
Executing Clear All
Warnings.
Executing Reset in the
Reset Menu.
The message occurs when the
power is turned on again until
the cartridge is replaced with a
genuine product.
Table 1-8. Warning Message and Troubleshooting
Message Explanation Remedy
Confidential
CHAP T E R
2
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Print Process 32
Confidential
2.1 Print Process
This printer is a "Full color page printer" that uses the principle of
electrophotographic recording. Each YMCK color (yellow, magenta, cyan,
black) has its own special drum (Photoconductor (PC) drum) and developer
that are used in tandem. Since each color is developed simultaneously, the
color image can be printed at high speed comparing to the four cycles engine
printer. The transfer intermediate is coordinated, and at the end of the process
the layered color toner images produce a full color print. The major steps of the
print process are described below.
1. Charging: The PC Drum surfaces are charged with electricity.
2. Exposure: Image areas are exposed on PC Drum with laser radiation.
3. Developing: Image areas on drums are developed with toner.
4. Primary transfer: The toner image on PC Drum is transferred to Intermediate
Transfer Belt.
5. Cleaning: PC Drum are cleaned.
6. Secondary transfer: The complete four-color toner image on the Intermediate
Transfer Belt is transferred to the paper.
7. Electrical discharge:The electrical charge of the paper is discharged.
8. Cleaning: Intermediate Transfer Belt are cleaned.
9. Fusing: Toner on the paper is fused with heat and pressure.
Figure 2-1. Print Process
DrumBk
1.Charging
2.Exposure
3.Developing
5.Cleaning
DrumC
1.Charging
2.Exposure
3.Developing
5.Cleaning
DrumM
1.Charging
2.Exposure
3.Developing
5.Cleaning
DrumY
1.Charging
2.Exposure
3.Developing
5.Cleaning
4. Primary transfer (DrumIntermediate Transfer Belt)
Transfer belt
8. Cleaning
Paper
7.Electrical discharge
9.Fusing
6. Secondary transfer (Intermediate
Transfer BeltPaper)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 33
Confidential
2.2 Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism
2.2.1 Center cross section
Figure 2-2. Center cross section
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[2]
[7] [8] [9] [10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[17]
[16]
[18] [19]
4039T1C102AA
1. Fusing Unit
2. Transfer Belt Unit
3. 2nd Transfer Roller
4. MP tray
5. Standard Cassette
6. Optional Cassette
7. Print Head Unit (PH Unit) /K
8. Print Head Unit (PH Unit) /C
9. Print Head Unit (PH Unit) /M
10. Print Head Unit (PH Unit) /Y
11. Waste Toner Collector
12. Photoconductor Unit/Y
13. Photoconductor Unit/M
14. Photoconductor Unit/C
15. Photoconductor Unit/K
16. Toner Cartridge/Y
17. Toner Cartridge/M
18. Toner Cartridge/C
19. Toner Cartridge/Y
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 34
Confidential
PAPER PATH
Normally, papers are supplied from 2 bins. MP tray (100 papers) and Standard
cassette (250 papers).
5 bins of paper supply can be available by setting maximum three optional
cassette (500 papers).
A Paper supplied from each Tray is transported to the Vertical Transport
then an image is transferred in the 2nd Transfer Roller and fused in the
Fusing Unit. Finally, the paper is exited with face down.
Duplex mechanism of this machine uses circuit system. The major steps of
Duplex are described below (When two documents are printed in Duplex).
1. Firstly, printing back up (back side of the paper) is executed. After an image
is fused, the transfer route is switched at Paper exit section and the paper is
drawn back inside the Duplex Unit.
2. The paper is reversed and transported from the Duplex Unit to the paper
route in front of the Registration Roller.
3. Printing the front page (surface of the paper) is executed and after an image
is fused, papers are exited to the Exit tray.
Figure 2-3. Paper path
4039T1C103AA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 35
Confidential
2.2.2 Parts layout drawing
ENGINE SECTION
[1] IDC/Registration Sensor/2 (SE2) [6] Controller Board (PWB-P)
[2] IDC/Registration Sensor/1 (SE1) [7] Program ROM DIMM (WORK0)
[3] Control Panel (PWB-OP) [8] RTC Board (PWB-RTC)
[4] PH Interface Board (PWB-D) [9] Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
[5] DC Power Supply (PU1) [10] High Voltage Unit (HV1)
4039F5C501DA
[1]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[1] Fusing Drive Motor (M4) [7] Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M12)
[2] Main Motor (M1) [8] Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
[3] Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M11) [9] Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M22)
[4] Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M8) [10] Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
[5] Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor (M14) [11] Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
[6] Color Developing Motor (M3) [12] Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M13)
4039F5C502DA
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[6]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 36
Confidential
[1] Right Door Switch (S5) [6] Front Door Switch/2 (S4)
[2] Primary Interlock Switch (S2) [7] Main Erase Lamp/Y (LA4)
[3] PH Unit [8] Main Erase Lamp/M (LA3)
[4] Main Power Switch (S1) [9] Main Erase Lamp/C (LA2)
[5] Front Door Switch/1 (S3) [10] Main Erase Lamp/K (LA1)
4039F5C503DA
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[1] Developing Clutch/K (CL4) [8] Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8)
[2] Exit Sensor (PC2) [9] Color PC Drive Main Sensor (PC17)
[3] Temperature/Humidity Sensor (SE3) [10] Color PC Drive Sub Sensor (PC18)
[4] Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) [11] Black PC Drive Main Sensor (PC15)
[5] OHP Sensor (PC4) [12] Black PC Drive Sub Sensor (PC16)
[6] Registration Roller Clutch (CL1) [13] 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction
Clutch (CL3)
[7] 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction
Position Sensor (PC6)
4039F5C504DA
[5]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[6]
[8]
[10]
[9]
[7]
[12]
[13]
[11]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 37
Confidential
STANDARD CASSETTE
4038T2C111AA
4038T2C171AA
[1]
[3]
[2]
4039T2C113AA
[1] Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) [7] Standard Cassette CD Paper Size Sensor
(PC9)
[2] Standard Cassette Feed Roller [8] Standard Cassette Separation Roller
[3] Standard Cassette Separation Roller [9] Standard Cassette Feed Roller (Bypass)
[4] Standard Cassette Device Detection
Sensor (PC12)
[10] Standard Cassette Paper Empty Sensor
(PC10)
[5] Standard Cassette Paper Near-Empty
Sensor (PC11)
[11] Standard Cassette Paper Feed Clutch
(CL2)
[6] Standard Cassette Paper Size Board
(PWB-I)
4038T2C026DB
[4]
[5]
[7]
[10]
[9]
[11]
[8]
[6]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 38
Confidential
2.2.3 PH Unit
2.2.3.1 Composition
Figure 2-4. Composition
2.2.3.2 Operation
OUTLINE
4 types of the PH Unit are used for exposure process.
The surface of the Photo Conductor is irradiated with a laser light and an
electrostatic latent image is thereby formed.
2 Beam Array LD is used to prevent the rotation speed from increasing
caused by decreasing the number of the sides comparing to Polygon Mirror
which has four sides.
2 Beam Array LD scans in two lines two lasers irradiated by two LD
electrical components set up vertically with one side of Polygon Mirror.
Figure 2-5. Overview
4039T2C106AA
4038T2C008AA
PH Unit
4038T2C034AA
SOS Mirror
Laser Diode
Polygon Motor
SOS Sensor
4038t2J005AB
Transfer Belt
2nd Transfer
Roller
LD/K LD/Y LD/M LD/C
PC Drum
Y M C K
Beam A
Beam B
PC Drum
Return Mirror 1 Return Mirror 2
Laser Diode
Beam A
Beam B
Direction
of rotation
of the PC
Drum
Two lines
One scan
Surface of the PC Drum
Polygon
Mirror
G2 Lens
G1 Lens
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 39
Confidential
LASER SHUTTER MECHANISM
There is a shutter mechanism provided to prevent the PH from being
contaminated with foreign matter such as dust when the front cover is opened,
or prevent the emission laser from leaking outside for any reason.
The Shutter operates relative to the removing and inserting Photoconductor
Unit because PH Unit is not exposed concerning the layout of the unit when
Photoconductor Unit is inserted. The shutter opens by pressing shutter guide at
insertion of the Photoconductor Unit, and closes at de-installation of the
Photoconductor Unit.
Figure 2-6. Laser shutter mechanism
LASER EMISSION AREA
Main scan direction (CD)
The print start position is determined by the start signal for main scan
print and the range of the paper size output from the Mechanical
Control Board (PWB-P).
The laser emission area is determined by the paper size. The area of 4 mm/
0.157 inch on both edges of the paper is, however, the void image area.
Sub scan direction (FD)
The print start position is determined by the writing image signal and the
range of the paper size output from the Mechanical Control Board (PWB-P).
The laser emission area is determined by the paper size. The area of 4.2
mm/0.165 inch on the leading and trailing edges and 4 mm/0.157 inch
on both the side edges of the paper are, however, the void image area.
Figure 2-7. Laser emission area
Shutter
Shutter Guide
4138to2595c0
Start signal
for main
scan print
Writing
image
signal
Void width: 4 mm/0.157 inch Void width: 4 mm/0.157 inch
Void width: 4.2 mm/
0.165 inch
Void width: 4.2 mm/
0.165 inch
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 40
Confidential
REGISTRATION CONTROL (COLOR SHIFT CORRECTION) SYSTEM
In a tandem engine, in which an independent image reproduction process is
provided for each of the four different colors of toner. Incorrect color
registration, or color shift, is therefore more likely to occur due to each of
the PH Units being out of correct position. The color shift correction
system automatically detects any misalignment among the different colors,
correcting it both in the main scanning and sub scanning directions.
The color shift correction is made when the Front Door is opened and
closed, the Transfer Belt is removed and reinstalled, the Main Power
Switch is turned OFF and ON, or "Calibration" is carried out from the
Control Panel.
Figure 2-8. Registration Control (Color Shift Correction) System
SKEW CONTROL MECHANISM
When the PH Unit is mounted on the main body installation plate, image
distortion (skew) occurs due to mounting error. Therefore the PH Unit
adopts the correction system.
Figure 2-9. Skew Control Mechanism 1
The main body skew can be corrected by adjusting the dial of the
corresponding PH Unit (Y, M, C).
Figure 2-10. Skew Control Mechanism 2
Transfer Belt
IDC/Registration Sensor/1 and /2
(SE1, SE2)
4038T2C033DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 41
Confidential
2.2.4 Photoconductor Unit section (PU section)
2.2.4.1 Composition
Figure 2-11. Composition
2.2.4.2 Drive
Figure 2-12. Drive Overview
4038T2C010AA
4038T2C009AA
4039T2C107AA
Photoconductor Unit/Y, M, C
Photoconductor Unit/K
Cleaning Blade
PC Drum/Y, M, C, K
Toner Collecting Screw
Developing Unit/
Y, M, C, K
PC Drum Charge Corona/
Y, M, C, K
Developing
Clutch/K (CL4)
Color PC Drum
Motor (M2)
Color Developing
Motor (M3)
Main Motor (M1)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 42
Confidential
2.2.4.3 Operation
PU LIFE CONTROL
Each PU has IC chip that detects a new PU, keeps track of the service life of
the PU and installation.
New PU detection
New PU is detected when the Main Power Switch is turned ON and the
Front Door is closed.
When a new PU is detected, a TCR adjustment sequence is carried out.
Figure 2-13. Detection of new PU
When life is reached
PU Life is detected by the PU Life counter value.
When the PU Life counter value is reached to the near life value, the
warning message "Photocon xxxx Needed Soon" is displayed.
When the PU Life counter value is reached to the life value, the
warning message "Replace Photocon xxxx" is displayed.
4036ma2133c0
4038T2C009AA
Operation when a new PU is detected
Transfer Belt
is retracted
TCR
automatic
adjustment
Transfer Belt
cleaning
1st image transfer/
auto transfer
voltage control
adjustment
Image
stabilization
Transfer
Belt is
retracted
Transfer Belt
cleaning
1st image transfer/
auto transfer
voltage control
adjustment
Operation when a new PU is not detected
Image
stabilization
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 43
Confidential
2.2.5 Photo Conductor section
2.2.5.1 Composition
Figure 2-14. Composition
2.2.5.2 Drive
PC DRUM DRIVE MECHANISM
Two independent PC Drum Motors (for color and monochrome) are used for
the drive mechanism.
The Color PC Drum Motor drives the PC Drums/Y, M, and C, while the Main
Motor drives the PC Drum/K.
.
Figure 2-15. Drive overview
4038T2C013AA
4036ma2338c0
Charge Transport Layer (CTL)
Charge Generating Layer (CGL)
Aluminum Cylinder
PC Drum
Main Motor (M1)
PC Drum/K PC Drum/C
PC Drum/M PC Drum/Y
Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 44
Confidential
2.2.6 Charge Corona section
2.2.6.1 Composition
Figure 2-16. Composition
4038T2C027AA
4039T2C108AA
Comb
Electrode
Grid Mesh
Grid Mesh
Cleaning Blade
Comb Electrode/Y, M, C, K
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 45
Confidential
2.2.6.2 Operation
PC DRUM CHARGE CORONA ON/OFF CONTROL
The grid voltage (Vg) applied to the Grid Mesh is controlled through the image
stabilization control.
CLEANING/MAIN ERASE MECHANISM
1. The Cleaning Blade is pressed up against the surface of the PC Drum, scraping
residual toner off the surface (forward blade system).
2. Toner, which has been scraped off the surface of the PC Drum, is fed by the Toner
Collecting Screw back toward to the Conveying Screw in the rear of the machine.
It is then collected in the Waste Toner Collecting Box.
3. The surface of the PC Drum after the image transfer process is irradiated with light
from the Main Erase Lamp. This neutralizes any potential left on the surface of the
PC Drum.
Figure 2-17. Cleaning/Main Erase mechanism
4038T2C024AA
Drum Charge Corona Bias Y, M, C
Drum Charge Corona Bias K
Developing Clutch/K (CL4)
Color PC Drum Motor (M2) ON
Main Motor (M1) ON
Color Developing Motor (M3)
4038T2C030AA
Cleaning Blade
Cleaning Blade
Toner Collecting Screw
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 46
Confidential
2.2.7 Developing section
2.2.7.1 Composition
Figure 2-18. Composition 1
Figure 2-19. Composition 2
4038to503c0
4039T2C107AA
Doctor Blade
Developing Roller
Toner Supply Screw
Toner Conveying
Screw
Developing Clutch/K (CL4)
Color PC Drum
Motor (M2)
PC Drum/Y
Supply/Agitating/
Conveying Screws
Main Motor (M1)
PC Drum/K
Developing Roller
Color Developing
Motor (M3)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 47
Confidential
2.2.7.2 Drive
Figure 2-20. Drive overview
2.2.7.3 Operation
DEVELOPING DRIVE CONTROL
Figure 2-21. Developing Drive control
Developing Clutch/K (CL4)
PC Drum/K
Color PC Drum
Motor (M2)
PC Drum/Y
Color Developing
Motor (M3)
Developing
Roller
Supply/Agitating/
Conveying Screws
Toner Collecting Screw
Main Motor (M1)
4038T2C025AA
Main Motor (M1)
Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
Drum Charge Corona Bias/Y, M, C
Drum Charge Corona Bias/K
Color Developing Motor (M3)
Developing Clutch/K (CL4)
1st Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Clutch (CL3)
2nd Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Motor (M5)
Developing Bias/K (DC)
Developing Bias/Y, M, C (DC)
Developing Bias/K (AC)
Developing Bias/Y, M, C (AC)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 48
Confidential
DEVELOPER FLOW
1. Toner supplied from the rear end of the Developing Unit is fed to the lower screw.
It is then fed to the front of the unit, while being mixed with developer and
electrically charged by the Supply/Agitating/Conveying Screws.
2. The TCR Sensor installed on the underside of the Developing Unit detects toner-to
carrier ratio during this time.
3. The developer, fed to the front of the Developing Unit, is conveyed further to the
upper screw.
4. The Toner sticks to the electrostatic latent image on the surface of the PC Drum.
The developer that is left on the Sleeve is returned to the lower screw by the
magnetic pole positioning of the Developing Roller. It is then conveyed to the rear
side of the Photoconductor Unit.
Figure 2-22. Developer flow (For PU/Y)
Supply/Agitating/Conveying
Screws
PC Drum/Y
Developing Roller
Toner Supplied from Hopper
Doctor Blade
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 49
Confidential
DEVELOPING BIAS
The developing bias voltage (Vdc) is applied to the Developing Roller so
that an adequate amount of toner is attracted onto the surface of the PC
Drum.
During development, Vdc of DC(-) +is applied so that Toner can be
attracted PC Drum easily. This component of AC is applied only during
development. Other than during development, only Vdc of DC(-) is
applied.
The developing bias (Vdc) is supplied from High Voltage Unit (HV1).
Figure 2-23. Developing bias
4038T2C035AA
Pressure Plate
Developing Bias Terminal
(Main Body Side)
Pressure Plate
Developing Roller
Developing Roller
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 50
Confidential
DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM
The machine employs the two-component non-contact development system to
achieve even finer reproduction.
Figure 2-24. Development system
TCR SENSOR CONTROL
The TCR Sensor detects toner-to-carrier ratio (T/C) of the developer. In the
Mechanical Control Board, the amount of the toner supplied to the
Developing Unit is determined by the detected ratio. Magnetic Sensor is
mounted on the underside of the Developing Sections.
The magnetic permeability (powder density) of the carrier in the developer
is measured to determine the T/C.
A polyester film is provided for the Conveying Screw portion to scrape
toner off the surface of the TCR Sensor.
The TCR Sensor is integrated with the Photoconductor Unit. When the
TCR Sensor is breakdown, the entire Photoconductor Unit must be
replaced.
Figure 2-25. TCR Sensor
4036ma2013c0
PC Drum
Developing Roller
4038to503c0
4038T2C031AA
TCR Sensor
Polyester
film
Magnetic TCR Sensor
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 51
Confidential
2.2.8 Toner Supply section
2.2.8.1 Composition
Figure 2-26. Composition
4038T2C004AA
4038T2C014AA
4038T2C015AA
4039T2C109AA
Toner Cartridge/Y, M, C Toner Cartridge/K
Toner Supply
Drive Section/K
Agitating Blade/K
Toner Supply
Drive Section/M
Toner Supply
Drive Section/Y
Toner Supply
Drive Section/C
Agitating Blade/Y, M, C
Toner Cartridge/K
Toner Cartridge/Y, M, C
EEPROM Board/K
EEPROM Board/Y, M, C
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 52
Confidential
2.2.8.2 Drive
Figure 2-27. Drive overview
2.2.8.3 Operation
TONER REPLENISHING MECHANISM/CONTROL
Toner replenishing mechanism
A single Toner Supply Motor is turned either forward or backward to
supply toner of two different colors (Toner Supply Motor for K and C, and
Toner Supply Motor for Y and M).
Figure 2-28. Toner replenishing mechanism
Toner replenishing control
T/C is detected when the Developing Clutch/K (CL4) is energized for
K or when the Color Developing Motor (M3) is energized for C, M,
and Y.
Based on T/C ratio detected by the TCR sensor and amount of
consumption calculated by the dot counter, toner replenishing time
(amount) is determined.
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
Toner Supply
Motor C/K (M7)
K Toner C Toner
Toner Supply
Motor Y/M (M6)
Y Toner M Toner
Turned forward Energized De-energized Turned forward Energized De-energized
Turned backward De-energized Energized Turned backward De-energized Energized
One-way Clutch
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 53
Confidential
TONER CARTRIDGE LIFE CONTROL
Toner Cartridge detection/New unit detection timing
Detection is controlled by confirming the data of each unit with access
to IC chip when the front door is closed.
Based on the data, the machine confirms if the cartridge is mounted or
not.
After detecting the presence of the cartridge, with the data machine
checks if the cartridge is new or not.
Figure 2-29. Toner Cartridge IC Chip
Toner Empty detection control
A toner empty condition can be divided into 3 groups: Normal, Near-
Empty, Empty
Toner Near-Empty detection control
When new toner is set, toner remaining level is set to IC chip. Based on
the remaining level, the machine calculates and gives subtraction of the
toner replenishing amount from the hours which the toner replenishing
motor has turned. When the level reaches the given amount of toner
remaining, Toner Near-Empty warning is displayed.
Toner Empty control
After a near-empty condition is detected, the toner density detected by
the TCR sensor, at every T/C ratio detection timing, is compared with
the target toner density. When the value reaches the given level, Toner
Empty warning is displayed.
SHUTTER MECHANISM
To prevent toner from being spilled when the Toner Cartridge is removed from
the machine, there is a shutter mechanism provided. When the Toner Cartridge
is installed in the machine, the shutter opens.
Figure 2-30. Shutter mechanism
4038T2C015AA
Put the Supply Port face up when Toner Cartridge is
removed from the machine. Do not open the Shutter with the
Supply Port faced down.
4038T2C018AA
4038T2C019AA
Before Toner Cartridge is Installed When Toner Cartridge is Installed
Shutter
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 54
Confidential
2.2.9 Transfer Corona section
2.2.9.1 Composition
1ST IMAGE TRANSFER SECTION
Figure 2-31. Composition
4039T2C110AA
4038T2C105AA
4038T2C151AA
1st Image Transfer
Roller/Y
1st Image Transfer Roller/M
1st Image Transfer
Roller/C
1st Image Transfer Roller/K
2nd Transfer Roller
Retraction Roller
Cleaning Blade
Transfer Belt Drive Roller
4038T2C018DB
Pressure Cam
1st Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Clutch (CL3)
Fusing Motor (M4)
1st Image Transfer
Retraction Position
Sensor (PC6)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 55
Confidential
2ND IMAGE TRANSFER SECTION
Figure 2-32. Composition
4038T2C019DA
4038T2C106AA
4038T2C152AA
Temperature/Humidity Sensor (SE3)
2nd Transfer Roller
Temperature/Humidity Sensor
(SE3)
IDC/Registration Sensor /1 (SE1) IDC/Registration Sensor /2 (SE2)
4038T2C117AA
4039T2C11AA
2nd Transfer Roller
2nd Image Transfer Pressure
Position Sensor (PC7)
2nd Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Motor (M5)
IDC/Registration Sensor /1 (SE1)
IDC/Registration Sensor /2 (SE2)
Shutter
Shutter
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 56
Confidential
2.2.9.2 Drive
1ST IMAGE TRANSFER SECTION
Figure 2-33. Drive overview
2ND IMAGE TRANSFER SECTION
Figure 2-34. Drive overview
4038T2C021DB
4038T2C020DA
Transfer Belt
Main Motor (M1)
1st Image Transfer Roller/K
1st Image Transfer Roller/C
1st Image Transfer
Pressure/Retraction
Clutch (CL3)
1st Image Transfer
Retraction Position
Sensor (PC6)
1st Image Transfer Roller/M
1st Image Transfer Roller/Y
Main Motor (M1)
Fusing Drive Motor
(M4)
Retraction Roller
4038T2C019DA
2nd Transfer Roller
2nd Image Transfer Pressure Position Sensor
(PC7)
2nd Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Motor (M5)
IDC/Registration Sensor/1 (SE1)
Shutter
IDC/Registration
Sensor/2 (SE2)
Cam
Pressure Lever
Shutter
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 57
Confidential
2.2.9.3 Operation
TRANSFER BELT DRIVE MECHANISM
The Transfer Belt is driven by the Main Motor (M1).
Revolving speed of the Main Motor (M1) can be switched by the motor
clock.
1ST IMAGE TRANSFER ROLLER MECHANISM
Pressure/Retraction mechanism is equipped for pressing the 1st Image
Transfer Rollers (Y, M, C) to inside the Transfer Belt at the 1st image
transfer.
The 1st Image Transfer Roller (K) does not have Pressure/Retraction
mechanism. The 1st Image Transfer Roller (K) always presses the Transfer
Belt to the PC Drum (K).
Driving force is transferred from the Fusing Motor (M4) to the Pressure/
Retraction mechanism through the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction
Clutch (CL3).
The 1st Image Transfer Retraction Position Sensor (PC6) detects the 1st
Image Transfer Roller at its retracted position.
Pressure/retraction operation
Pressure operation
1. Rotation of the Fusing Drive Motor (M4) is transferred to the 1st Image
Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch (CL3).
2. When the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch (CL3) is turned ON,
the rotation of the Fusing Drive Motor (M4) is transferred to the drive gear.
3. Rotation of the drive gear turns the pressure cam, which allows the Sliding
Plate to move.
4. The 1st Image Transfer Roller (Y, M, and C) will move down to be pressed to
the Transfer Belt when the sliding plate moves.
5. The slide plate moves the Actuator for the 1st Image Transfer Retraction
Position Sensor up.
6. The Actuator blocks the 1st Image Transfer Retraction Position Sensor (PC6)
to detect the slide plates movement.
7. Turn the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch (CL3) OFF.
8. The Cam will stop rotating and the siding plate will stop.
9. The 1st Image Transfer Roller (Y, M, and C) will stay being pressed.
Retraction operation
1. The rotation of the Fusing Drive Motor (M4) will be transferred to the 1st
Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch (CL3).
2. When the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch (CL3) is turned ON,
rotation of the Fusing Drive Motor (M4) will be transferred to the drive gear.
3. The Cam will rotate to move the sliding plate as the drive gear rotates.
4. The 1st Image Transfer Roller (Y, M, and C) will move up to retract from the
Transfer Belt as the sliding plate moves.
5. The slide plate moves the Actuator for the 1st Image Transfer Retraction
Position Sensor down.
6. The Actuator unblocks the 1st Image Transfer Retraction Position Sensor
(PC6) to detect the slides movement.
7. Turn the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch (CL3) OFF.
8. The Cam will stop rotating to stop the sliding plate.
9. The 1st Image Transfer Roller (Y, M, and C) will keep their retraction
position.
Figure 2-35. Pressure/Retraction mechanism
4038T2C021DB
1st Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Clutch (CL3)
Fusing Drive
Motor (M4)
Main Motor (M4)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 58
Confidential
Operation timing Pressure position changing mechanism
To extend the service life of the PC Drum/Y, M, C, the pressure
position of the 1st Image Transfer Roller is changed between the
monochrome mode and the color mode. In the monochrome mode, the
1st Image Transfer Roller/Y, M, C is left in the retracted position and
the PC Drum/Y, M, C is stopped.
Color mode:
The pressure position of the Image Transfer Roller is where the PC Drum is in
contact with the Transfer Belt for all four colors of toner.
In order to transfer the original without missing any part, a Retraction Roller
is mounted at the 1st Image Transfer Roller/Y so the 1st Image Transfer
Roller/Y will properly contact to the PC Drum/Y.
Monochrome mode:
The pressure position of the Image Transfer Roller/Y, M, C is where
the PC Drum/Y, M, C leaves the Transfer Belt. While that of the Image
Transfer Roller/K is where the PC Drum/K is in contact with the
Transfer Belt. This allows the PC Drum/Y, M, C to remain stationary
in this mode.
Figure 2-36. Monochrome Mode
Figure 2-37. Color Mode
4038T2C136AA
Fusing Drive Motor (M4)
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction
Clutch (CL3)
1st Image Transfer Retraction Position
Sensor (PC6)
Paper Moves Past 2nd Transfer Roller Start Key ON
4038T2C162AA
1st Image Transfer Roller
Transfer Belt
PC Drum
4038T2C163AA
Retraction Roller
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 59
Confidential
2ND TRANSFER ROLLER PRESSURE MECHANISM
The 2nd Transfer Roller has the Pressure/Retraction mechanism which presses
to and retracts from the Transfer Belt so the patterns made on the Transfer Belt
except by printing (such as detection pattern during Image Stabilization) will
not affect the 2nd Transfer Roller.
Pressure/retraction operation
1. Drive from the 2nd Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Motor is transmitted
through a gear train to the drive gear.
2. The drive gear rotates to rotate the Cam half way. Releasing the Pressure
lever will press the 2nd Transfer Roller to the Transfer Belt.
3. At this time, the 2nd Image Transfer Pressure Position Sensor detects whether
the 2nd Transfer Roller is located at the pressure position.
4. The Cam will rotate half way when the Motor turns ON again. Moving the
Pressure lever down will move the 2nd Transfer Roller to the retraction
position and will stop.
Figure 2-38. Pressure/Retraction Operation overview
Operation Timing
4038T2C168AA
4038T2C167AA
When Pressed When Retracted
Drive Roller
2nd Transfer Roller
Cam
Pressure Lever
4038T2C022DA
2nd Image Transfer
Pressure/Retraction
Motor (M5)
2nd Image Transfer Pressure
Position Sensor (PC7)
Cam
Pressure Lever
4038T2C136AA
Main Motor (M1)
2nd Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction
Motor (M5)
2nd Image Transfer Pressure Position Sensor
(PC7)
Paper moves past 2nd Transfer Roller Start Key ON
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 60
Confidential
IDC SENSOR SHUTTER MECHANISM
The IDC Sensor can be contaminated with toner since it is located under
the Transfer Belt. There is a shutter mechanism provided for the sensor to
prevent it from being contaminated.
The shutter opens and closes in synchronism with the pressure and
retraction motion of the 2nd Transfer Roller.
The Cam will press the Pressure lever to open the shutter on the IDC
Sensor during retraction.
The Cam will press the Pressure lever to close the shutter on the IDC
Sensor while the roller is pressing.
Shutter Open/Close Operation
1. Drive from the 2nd Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Motor is transmitted
through a gear train to the drive gear.
2. The drive gear will rotate to turn the Cam half way. Pressing the Pressure
lever down will open the shutter.
3. Turning the motor ON again will turn the Cam half way. Releasing the
Pressure lever will close the shutter.
Figure 2-39. Shutter Open/Close Operation
4O88T2O2O4AA
2nd Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Motor (M5)
Shutter
IDC/Registration
Sensor/2 (SE2)
IDC/Registration
Sensor/1 (SE1)
Shutter
Shutter is closed Shutter is open
Image
transfer
Roller
Operation
Pressure Retraction
Lever
Operation
Outside
4038T2C169AA
4038T2C170AA
4038T2C108AA
4038T2C107AA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 61
Confidential
AUTO TRANSFER VOLTAGE CONTROL
To optimize image transfer output, the machine is provided with auto transfer
voltage control. The control lets a constant current flow through each of the
Image Transfer Rollers. Then, from the voltage detected, the resistances of the
1st Image Transfer Roller, 2nd Transfer Roller, and Transfer Belt are
measured. The optimum image transfer output voltages applied to the 1st and
2nd Transfer Rollers during printing are thereby automatically adjusted.
The 1st and 2nd image transfer auto transfer voltage control operations are
carried out immediately before the execution of image stabilization control.
TRANSFER BELT CLEANING
The Cleaning blade is mounted on the Transfer Belt in order to remove the
remaining toner at the Transfer Belt.
The Cleaning blade is always pressed to the Transfer Belt by the Fixed blade
system.
Figure 2-40. Transfer Belt cleaning
REVERSING CONTROL OF THE TRANSFER BELT
Paper dust or toner between the Transfer Belt and the edge of the Cleaning
blade will be removed by slightly rotating the Transfer Belt backward and then
rotating it forward again.
The Cleaning will be executed at the end of each print job sequence.
Cleaning will be performed when the power is turned ON, the door is
opened or closed, or the deep sleep mode (heater off mode) is released.
Cleaning will be performed when Image stabilization is finished.
4038T2C164AA
Driven Roller
Toner Collecting Screw
Cleaning Blade
Transfer Belt
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 62
Confidential
2ND TRANSFER ROLLER CLEANING
In order to remove the remaining toner on the 2nd Transfer Roller, DC
charge is applied to transfer the remaining toner on the 2nd Transfer Roller
to the Transfer Belt.
The Cleaning Blade then scrapes off the toner on the surface of the
Transfer Belt.
Figure 2-41. 2nd Transfer Roller cleaning
Operation timing
When the image stabilization control is performed.
When the printer is recovered from the J AM error.
CHARGE NEUTRALIZATION AND SEPARATION OF PAPER
In order to remove the residual potential on the paper with the 2nd Image
transferred, the neutralization material is applied to the guide plate without
contact after the 2nd Transfer Roller.
In order to separate the paper from the Transfer Belt without fail after the
2nd Image Transfer, a Transfer Belt Separation Claw is mounted (one point.)
Figure 2-42. Charge Neutralization and Separation of Paper
DETECTION OF NEW TRANSFER BELT UNIT
When Transfer Belt Unit is replaced with new one, the new unit detection
is made by engine side and Life counter value is reset automatically.
The new unit detection is made when the Power Switch is turned ON and
the Right Door is opened and closed.
Figure 2-43. Timing for New Unit Detection/Operation
4038T2C161AA
HV1
-
-
- - - -
-
-
-
-
+
Transfer Belt 2nd Transfer Roller
Cleaning Blade
4038T2C173AA
Transfer Belt
2nd Transfer Roller
Charge Neutralizing Cloth
Separation Claw
Transfer Auto Transfer Voltage
Control Adjustment
Image Stabilization
Power OFF/ON, Right door Open/
Close
Check Transfer Belt Unit being
mounted
Check detection of the new unit
(24V energizing)
Perform the initial operation for
Transfer Belt
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 63
Confidential
2.2.10 Toner Collecting section
2.2.10.1 Composition
Figure 2-44. Composition
4038T2C110AA
4039T2C11AA
4038T2C023DA
PU Toner Collecting Screw
Transfer Belt Toner Collecting Screw
Waste Toner Collector
4038T2C024DA
Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8)
Waste Toner Conveyance Screw
Waste Toner Collector
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 64
Confidential
2.2.10.2 Drive
Figure 2-45. Drive overview
2.2.10.3 Operation
TONER COLLECTING MECHANISM
Toner collected by the Cleaning Blade of the Transfer Belt and waste toner in
each of the Photoconductor Units are conveyed by the corresponding Toner
Collecting Screws to the Waste Toner Collector.
Figure 2-46. Toner collecting mechanism
WASTE TONER COLLECTOR SET DETECTION
The Waste Toner Full Detection Signal on the Water Toner Full Sensor
(PC8) detects Set/Unset of the Waste Toner Collector.
Set/Unset of the Waste Toner Collector is detected when the front door is
closed with the Main Power Switch being ON. The printing will stop when
the Waste Toner Collector is not set.
4038T2C025DA
Main Motor (M1)
PU Toner Collecting Screw
Cleaning Blade
Transfer Belt Toner
Collecting Screw
4038T2C023DA
Transfer Belt Toner
Collecting Screw
PU Toner Collecting Screw
Waste Toner Collector
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 65
Confidential
WASTE TONER NEAR-FULL/FULL DETECTION CONTROL
Waste Toner Detection Mechanism
To prevent false detection, an Agitation Screw is mounted in the Waste
Toner Collector so that the waste toner is accumulated in the bottle
evenly.
The Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8) detects the area where the visor A
mounted on the shaft of the Toner Conveying Screw overlaps with the
visor B. (As the amount of the waste toner increases, the load for the
screw to rotate will increase. The period of time the Light Shield Plate
blocks the Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8) will then become shorter).
Figure 2-47. Waste Toner Detection Mechanism 1
Figure 2-48. Waste Toner Detection Mechanism 2
4038T2C175AA
4038T2C174AA
Waste Toner Collector Agitator Screw
Light Shield Plate A
Light Shield Plate B
Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8)
Torsion Coil Spring
4038T2C176AA
Light Shield Plate A
Light Shield Plate B
Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8)
4038T2C178AA
4038T2C177AA
Waste Toner Empty
Waste Toner Full
4038T2C116AA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 66
Confidential
2.2.11 Paper feed section (Standard Cassette)
2.2.11.1 Composition
Figure 2-49. Paper feed section (MP tray)
4038T2C111AA
4038T2C172AA
Standard cassette
Separation Roller
Standard cassette Feed Roller
Registration Roller Sensor (PC1)
4039T2C113AA
4038T2C026DB
Std. cassette Separation Roller
Std. cassette Feed Roller
Std. cassette Paper Empty Sensor (PC10)
Std. cassette Paper Feed Clutch (CL2)
Std. cassette Device
Detection Sensor (PC12)
Std. cassette Paper Near-Empty Sensor
(PC11)
Std. cassette Paper Size
Board (PWB-I)
Std. cassette CD Paper Size Sensor
(PC9)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 67
Confidential
2.2.11.2 Drive
Figure 2-50. Drive overview
2.2.11.3 Operation
PAPER TAKE-UP CONTROL
PAPER NEAR-EMPTY/PAPER EMPTY DETECTION
When the Standard cassette Paper Near-empty Sensor is blocked, a
corresponding warning display is given on the control panel.
The Standard cassette Paper Empty Sensor detects a paper empty
condition.
Figure 2-51. Paper Near-Empty/Paper Empty detection
4038T2C027DA
Std. cassette Feed Roller
Std. cassette Paper Feed Clutch (CL2)
Main Motor (M1)
4038T2C138AA
Main Motor (M1)
Paper Feed Clutch (CL2)
Registration Roller Clutch (CL1)
Registration Roller Sensor (PC1)
Start Key ON Registration Roller ON
4036ma2116c0
4036ma2038c1
Std. cassette Paper Empty Sensor
(PC10)
Std. cassette Paper Near-empty Sensor
(PC11)
An Empty Condition A Near-empty Condition
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 68
Confidential
PAPER SIZE DETECTION CONTROL
Paper width/length are detected to determine the paper size from their
combination.
Note * : This combination will also be used due to the sensor's ability.
H : Blocking
L : Unblocking
Figure 2-52. Paper size detection control
PAPER INTERVAL CONTROL
It sets the proper interval between papers (pitch) according to the paper size
and mode for multiple printing.
Basic Paper Interval Control
s
Figure 2-53. Paper Interval Control
Table 2-1. Paper size detection control (Standard Cassette)
Paper Size
Paper Size Board (PWB-I)
CD Paper Size Sensor (PC9)
1 2 3 4
A6R ON OFF ON OFF H
A5 ON OFF ON OFF L
B6R OFF ON OFF ON H
B5 OFF ON OFF ON L
A5R OFF OFF ON OFF H
A4 OFF OFF ON OFF L
B5R ON ON OFF OFF H
B5R
*
OFF ON OFF OFF H
OFF ON ON OFF H
ON ON ON OFF H
A4R OFF OFF OFF ON L
A4R
*
OFF OFF OFF OFF L
B4 ON ON ON OFF L
A3 ON ON ON ON L
A3 Wide OFF ON ON ON L
4036ma2042c1
1 2 3 4
Guide
Paper Size Board (PWB-I)
4038T2C194AA
Space
between
papers
Paper interval
Paper feed direction
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 69
Confidential
2.2.12 Bypass section (MP tray)
2.2.12.1 Composition
Figure 2-54. Composition
4038T2C112AA
4039T2C114AA
MP tray Paper Empty Sensor (PC13) Paper Side Plate
Paper Side Plate
4038T2C181AA
MP tray Feed Roller
(Bypass)
MP tray Paper Empty Sensor (PC13) Paper Lifting Plate
MP tray Separation Roller
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 70
Confidential
2.2.12.2 Drive
Figure 2-55. Drive overview
2.2.12.3 Operation
PAPER TAKE-UP CONTROL
PAPER EMPTY DETECTION
The MP tray Paper Empty Sensor (PC13) detects a paper empty condition in
the Bypass Section.
Figure 2-56. Paper Empty detection
4038T2C113AA
4039T2C116AA
MP tray Lift-up Sensor (PC14)
MP tray Paper Feed Clutch (CL5)
MP tray Paper Pick-up Solenoid (SL2)
MP tray Feed Roller (Bypass)
Main Motor (M1)
MP tray Lift-up Sensor (PC14)
MP tray Paper Pick-up Solenoid (SL2)
Paper Lifting Cam
MP tray Paper Feed Clutch (CL5)
4038T2C142AA
Main Motor (M1)
MP tray Paper Pick-up Solenoid (SL2)
MP tray Lift-up Sensor (PC14)
MP tray Paper Feed Clutch (CL5)
Start Key ON Move to Standby Position
4038T2C182AA
4038T2C114AA
MP tray Paper Empty Sensor (PC13)
When there is no paper
When the paper is fully supplied
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 71
Confidential
PAPER LIFTING MOTION CONTROL
It turns the MP tray Pick-Up Solenoid (SL2) ON when the MP tray paper
feed is started. The Lifting Cam will rotate to move the Paper Lifting plate
up to the feeding position.
When the printing is finished, the MP tray Pick-Up Solenoid (SL2) will be
ON again. The Paper Lifting Cam will then rotate to move the Paper
Lifting plate down to the waiting position.
The Paper Lifting plate will stay at the feeding position while the job is
being executed. It will move down to the waiting position when the job is
finished and no following printing is demanded.
If a paper misfeed occurs, the Paper Lifting Plate is lowered to its standby
position during pre-drive performed after the misfed sheet of paper has
been cleared and the door has been closed.
The position of the Paper Lifting Plate is detected by the detection plate
which is mounted coaxially with the Paper Lifting Plate, and also by the
MP tray Lift-Up Sensor (PC14).
Operation timing
Figure 2-57. MP tray paper lifting motion control
4038T2C142AA
Main Motor (M1)
MP tray Paper Pick-up Solenoid (SL2)
MP tray Lift-up Sensor (PC14)
MP tray Paper Feed Clutch (CL5)
Start Key ON Move to Standby Position
4038T2C183AA
4038T2C113AA
MP tray Lift-up Sensor (PC14)
MP tray Feed Roller (Bypass)
MP tray Paper Pick-up Solenoid (SL2)
MP tray Paper Feed Clutch (CL5)
Registration Roller
Registration Roller Clutch (CL1)
OHP Sensor (PC4)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 72
Confidential
2.2.13 Registration Roller section
2.2.13.1 Composition
Figure 2-58. Composition
2.2.13.2 Drive
Figure 2-59. Drive overview
2.2.13.3 Operation
REGISTRATION ROLLER CONTROL
The followings are controlled.
The paper will create a loop between the Feed Roller and the Registration
Roller when the paper is being conveyed in order to correct the skew.
The Registration Roller Clutch (CL1) is controlled in order to synchronize
the timing the unit starts writing the image and conveying paper.
Figure 2-60. Registration Roller control
4039T2C118AA
4038T2C118AA
Registration Roller
OHP Sensor (PC4) Registration Roller
Clutch (CL1)
4038T2C031DA
Registration Roller
Registration Roller
Clutch (CL1)
4038T2C185AA
Registration Roller
Feed Roller
Paper
4038T2C186AA
Loop
OHP Sensor (PC4)
Feed Roller
Registration Roller
Sensor (PC1)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 73
Confidential
OHP DETECTION
OHP Sensor (PC4) checks to prevent printing on the paper other than OHP.
OHP detection will be performed before paper made the loop at the
Registration Roller. When the OHP detection shows the different result from
the setting on the operation panel, printing will stop to display "Media Error".
Figure 2-61. OHP detection 2
DECELERATION CONTROL
It controls the timing the paper reaches to the Registration Roller Sensor (PC1).
The Vertical Transport Motor (Vertical Transport Roller) for each tray will
slow down its operation in order to adjust the speed of the paper being
conveyed.
Figure 2-62. Deceleration Control
Table 2-2. OHP detection
Paper type set from
control panel
Results of OHP
Sensor (PC4)
Detection
Operation
OHP Other than OHP Determines that there is mismatch of paper type,
bringing all mechanisms to an immediate stop.
"Media Error" will be displayed on the panel.
Other than OHP OHP
4038T2C185AA
OHP Sensor (PC4)
4038T2C190AA
Registration Roller Sensor (PC1)
Optional Cassette Vertical Transport Roller
Optional Cassette Vertical Transport Roller
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 74
Confidential
2.2.14 Fusing section
2.2.14.1 Composition
Figure 2-63. Composition 1
Figure 2-64. Composition 2
4038T2C119AA
4039T2C119AA
4038T2C191AA
Fusing Pressure Roller
Heater Lamp (H3)
Pressure
Roller
Heating Roller Thermistor/1 (TH1)
Heating Roller Thermistor/2 (TH3)
Heating Roller
Thermostat (TS1)
Heating Roller Heater Lamp/1 (H1)
Heating Roller Heater Lamp/2 (H2)
Heating
Roller
Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermostat (TS2)
Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor /1 (TH2)
Heating Roller
Thermistor/3 (TH4)
Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor /2 (TH5)
4038T2C155AA
4038T2C153AA 4038T2C154AA
Heating Roller Thermostat (TS1)
Fusing Pressure Roller Thermostat (TS2)
Heating Roller Thermistor/1 (TH1)
Heating Roller Thermistor/2 (TH3)
Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor /1 (TH2)
Heating Roller Thermistor/3 (TH4)
Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor /1 (TH2)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 75
Confidential
2.2.14.2 Drive
Figure 2-65. Drive overview
2.2.14.3 Operation
FUSING ROLLER DRIVE CONTROL
Fusing Roller Speed Change Control
The Fusing Roller (Heating Roller/Fusing Pressure Roller) is driven by
the Fusing Motor (M4). The Fusing Motor (M4) drives the Heating
Roller. The Fusing Pressure Roller rotates along with the Heating
Roller.
In order to avoid fusing error, the rotation speed of the Fusing Roller is
to be set to one of 2 levels according to the paper type or the print mode.
Fusing Loop Control
By creating a paper loop, the speed difference between the fusing and
paper conveyance at 2nd transfer part will be adjusted. It prevents the
double transferred image or brush effect.
Figure 2-66. Fusing Loop Control
Table 2-3. Rotation speed of the Fusing Roller
Paper Type/Print Mode Fusing Speed
Plain paper/Monochrome Normal speed
Plain paper/Color Normal speed
Thick paper Low speed
OHP transparencies Low speed
4038T2C034DA
Fusing Pressure Roller
Fusing Drive Motor (M4)
Heating Roller
4038T2C195AA
Fusing Loop Detect Sensor (PC3)
ON OFF
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 76
Confidential
HEATER LAMP CONSTRUCTION
Three heater lamps are controlled to be turned ON/OFF so the temperature of
the Heating Roller and the Fusing Pressure Roller will stay appropriate to
completely fuse the image.
Heater Lamp Construction
The Heating Roller has two heaters with different heat quantities and light
distributions.
Pressure Heater Lamp Construction
The Pressure Roller has the Pressure Roller Heater Lamp (H2) to heat up.
THERMISTOR CONSTRUCTION
The Fusing Roller (Heating/Fusing Pressure) has five Thermistors. (Three on
the Heating Roller, two on the Fusing Pressure Roller.)
Heating Roller Thermistor
Figure 2-67. Heating Roller Thermistor
Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistor
Figure 2-68. Fusing Pressure Thermistor
Table 2-4. Heater Lamp Construction
Name Symbol
Light
emission
Function
Heating Roller Heater Lamp/1 H1 Long
Light will emit to heat to the edge of the
roller
Heating Roller Heater Lamp/2 H3 Short
Light will emit to heat only the center of
the roller
Table 2-5. Heating Roller Thermistor Construction
Name Symbol Function
Heating Roller Thermistor/1 TH1
The main thermistor which detects the temperature at
the center of the Heating Roller
Heating Roller Thermistor/2 TH3
The sub-thermistor which detects the temperature at the
edge of the Heating Roller
Heating Roller Thermistor/3 TH4
The protection thermistor which detects the abnormally
high temperature of the Heating Roller
Table 2-6. Pressure Roller Thermistor Construction
Name Symbol Function
Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor/1
TH2
The main thermistor which detects the temperature at
the center of the Fusing Pressure Roller
Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor/2
TH5
The protection thermistor which detects the abnormally
high temperature of the Fusing Pressure Roller
4038T2C156AA 4038T2C158AA
TH1 TH3 TH4
Heating Roller
4038T2C157AA
4038T2C159AA TH2
TH5
Fusing Pressure Roller
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 77
Confidential
THERMOSTAT CONSTRUCTION
The Fusing Drive Roller has two thermostats. (One on the Heating Roller and one on
the Fusing Pressure Roller)
When the temperature of the Fusing Roller increases abnormally high, the
Thermostat will detect it and shut down the power supplied to the heater lamp. This
controls the High Temperature Protection/Thermostat Protection.
FUSING ROLLER PRESSURE/RETRACTION MECHANISM
The Pressure Roller is always pressed to the Heating Roller (Normal
position).
By switching the Release lever, the pressure of the Fusing Pressure Roller can
be switched between Envelope position/Paper jam countermeasure position.
Envelope position
By switching the Release lever to the lower direction shown below, the
pressure of the Fusing Pressure Roller will be Envelope position.
Envelope position is for preventing the wrinkle when feeding Envelopes.
To switch from Envelope position to the normal position, move up the
Release lever to the normal position.
Figure 2-69. Envelope position
Paper jam countermeasure position
By switching the Release lever to the position Fusing Pressure Roller will
retract from the Heating Roller as shown below.
Paper jam release mechanism is equipped for removing the stuck paper.
Figure 2-70. Paper jam countermeasure position 1
4038T2C199AA
4038T2C200AA
Normal position
(Normal pressure)
Envelope position
(Low pressure)
Release lever
Leaving the printer for 30 days or more with the Release lever
placed in the normal position will deform the pressing part of
Fusing Roller. Deformed Roller may cause "Uneven Gross"
or other image troubles when printing images with high
density (high duty image) such as photographs.
Therefore, be sure to switch the Release lever to the
"Envelope" position when leaving the printer for a long
period of time.
4038T2C199AA 4038T2C201AA
Normal position
(Normal pressure)
Paper jam release
position (No pressure)
Release lever
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 78
Confidential
Close the Fusing cover when switching the position from Paper jam release to
the normal. Closing the Fusing cover will return the Release lever to the
normal position.
Figure 2-71. Paper jam countermeasure position 2
FUSING ROLLER SMALL AMOUNT ROTATION CONTROL
Leaving the printer in the "low-power mode" for a long period of time may
deform the pressing part of the Fusing Roller due to the heat and pressure
(Deformed Roller may cause "Uneven Gross" or other image troubles when
printing the high duty image).
To prevent such Deformed Roller, rotate the Fusing Roller slightly and change
the pressing part of the roller when a standby state in the low-power mode lasts
for fixed time.
The Release lever must be closed by closing the Fusing cover.
4038T2C202AA
Release lever
Fusing Cover
4038T2C203AA
Pressing position
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 79
Confidential
PAPER WINDING DETECTION CONTROL
With the roller fusing type Fusing Unit, paper jam may cause the paper to wind
itself to the Fusing Roller. This Winding Detection control monitors the paper
to detect when it winds itself to the roller lightly so that it can be removed
easily.
Operations are explained below.
It detects the winding before the roller is completely covered. (The length
of the paper wound to the roller is shorter than the circumference of the
roller.) The back-edge of the paper is sticking out from under the Fusing
Unit and can be removed.
When the paper jam occurs, rotating the Fusing Motor (M4) will make the
paper stuck to the Fusing Roller even worse, so the unit will stop
immediately.
Figure 2-72. Paper Winding Detection Control
4038T2C196AA
Paper
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 80
Confidential
FUSING TEMPERATURE CONTROL
When with Plain paper, A4 paper (horizontal), single-side 5 sheets, or when
above the specified temperature inside the printer with the Main Power Switch
turned ON
TEMPERATURE CONTROL IN THE LOW-POWER MODE
It adjusts the temperature by turning the controlled temperature down to reduce
the power consumption in standby.
PROTECTING FROM THE ABNORMALLY HIGH TEMPERATURE
The machine provides protection against abnormally high temperature of the
Fusing Unit in the following three steps.
DETECTION OF A NEW FUSING UNIT
When the new Fusing Unit is replaced, the new one is detected in the
engine side and the life counter value is automatically reset.
The new Fusing Unit will be detected when the door is closed and the Main
Power Switch is turned ON.
Table 2-7. Fusing Temperature Control
No. Status
[1]
Warming-up the unit
(Above the specified temperature when the Power is turned ON)
Warming-up
(Below the specified temperature when the Power is turned ON)
[2] In standby state
[3] Printing
[4] In standby state
[5] Low-power mode
4038T2C144AA
[2] [1] [3] [4] [5]
*110 sec.
200
0
Power Switch ON Start Key ON
Warm-up Completed
Printing
complete Standby mode
Note * : When turning the Sub Power ON from the stable condition of Main Power ON/
Sub Power OFF with rated voltage.
Table 2-8. Control target temperature
Name Symbol
Control target
temperature
Heating Roller Thermistor/1 TH1 140 C
Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistor/1 TH2 140 C
Table 2-9. Protection against abnormally high temperature
Step Name Control target temperature
Step 1 Software Protection
This protection operates when abnormally high
temperature is detected.
Step 2 Hardware Protection
Move to the protection in step 2 when the protection
in step 1 is not executed.
Step 3 Thermostat Protection
Move to the protection in step 3 when the protection
in step 2 is not executed
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 81
Confidential
2.2.15 Paper exit section
2.2.15.1 Composition
Figure 2-73. Composition
2.2.15.2 Drive
Figure 2-74. Drive overview
4039T2C125AA
4038T2C192AA
4039T2C120AA
Paper Exit Roller
Paper Exit Roller
Exit Sensor
Charge
Neutralizing
Brush
4039T2C127AA
Fusing Drive Motor
(M4)
Paper Exit Roller/1
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 82
Confidential
2.2.16 Image stabilization control
Stabilizes printed images by adjusting developing bias potential and laser
intensity. Also, to prevent color misalignment, control the registration
correction.
2.2.16.1 Overview
The machine provides the following image stabilization control to maintain the
printed image quality.
Note *1: Refer to Registration Control (Color Shift Correction) System (p40).
*2: Refer to TCR Sensor control (p50).
*3: Refer to Auto Transfer Voltage Control (p61).
2.2.16.2 Operation timing
Table 2-10. Image stabilization control
Purpose Control Control Means
To stabilize image density
To stabilize gradation
IDC intensity control
Max. density control
LD intensity adjustment Control
Registration control (color shift
correction)
*1
Gamma correction control
IDC/Registration Sensor
Temperature/Humidity
Sensor
To stabilize toner density TCR Control (Y,M,C,K)
*2
TCR Sensor
To stabilize image transfer Image transfer output control
*3
1st image transfer auto transfer
voltage control
2nd image transfer auto transfer
voltage control
Temperature/Humidity
Sensor
Table 2-11. Image stabilization control
Mode Operation timing
Mode 1
Initialized
stabilization
A new PU is detected.
A new transfer belt unit is detected.
"Calibration" of the Printer Adjust Menu is executed from the operation
panel.
Empty is released.
Previous image stabilization is failed.
Mode 2
Periodical
stabilization
The number of prints made predetermined counts after the previous image
stabilization (mode 1, 2, 3).
Mode 3
Normal
stabilization
Power switch is turned ON, right cover is opened and closed (only when
PU and transfer belt are new), front door is opened and closed, the DEEP
SLEEP mode is released, panel displays stabilization mode.
The number of prints made predetermined counts after the previous image
stabilization (mode 1, 3).
When the number of prints made predetermined counts after the previous
image stabilization (mode 1, 2, 3), temperature change that exceeds
threshold is detected.
When the number of prints made predetermined counts after the previous
image stabilization (mode 1, 2, 3), environment (temperature/humidity)
change that exceeds threshold is detected.
When the print job is completed, given level of temperature change
*
is
detected.
When the print job is completed, environment (temperature/humidity)
change that exceeds threshold is detected after the previous stabilization
(mode 1, 2, 3).
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 83
Confidential
2.2.17 Life management
The following table shows the information about the life of consumable products and periodic replacement parts.
Type Unit Status Life detection
Parts attributed
life
Panel display
Solution
continued
on
printing
Image
quality
New unit detection
(Reset counter)
Dictate Unit
Message
Error
LED
Consumable
products
Toner Cartridge Near-
Empty
The toner supplying amount is calculated fromthe
hours which the Toner Supply Motor has turned.
When the amount reaches the given value, the
condition becomes Near-Empty.
Toner Supply
Motor
uuuu Toner Low --- Prepare a new unit Available Warranty The life counter is
automatically reset if
the newly installed
cartridge is judged as
new by checking the
"new" status of the
flag stored in the IC
chip on the cartridge.
IC chip in
the cartridge
Empty When the printer is under Near-Empty condition,
the toner density detected by the TCR sensor is
compared with the target toner density. When the
density difference reaches the given level, condition
becomes Empty.
TCR Sensor Replace Toner
uuuu
Light Replace with a new unit Not
Available
---
Photoconductor
Unit
Near-
Empty
Condition becomes Near-Empty when any of the
following values reaches the given value.
Rotating time of the PC Drum
Rotating time of the PC Drumwhich calculated from
the hours which the Developing Roller has turned.
Main Motor
Color PC motor
Color
Developing
Motor
Photocon uuuu
Needed Soon
--- Prepare a new unit Available Warranty The life counter is
automatically reset if
the newly installed
cartridge is judged as
new by checking the
"new" status of the
flag stored in the IC
chip on the cartridge.
IC chip in
the cartridge
Empty Condition becomes Empty when any of the
following values reaches the given value.
Rotating time of the PC Drum
Rotating time of the PC Drumwhich calculated from
the hours which the Developing Roller has turned.
Replace
Photocon uuuu
Flash [READY] Push down the
switch to Eco-printing
mode
Available Out of
warranty
Eco-
printing
mode
Under Eco-printing mode, printer will suspend
when the specified number of papers are printed.
--- Replace
Photocon uuuu
--- [READY] Push down
the switch to continue
Eco-printing mode
Replace with a new unit
Available Out of
warranty
Empty 2 Condition becomes Empty 2 when any of the
following values reaches the given value.
Rotating time of the PC Drum
Rotating time of the PC Drumwhich calculated from
the hours which the Developing Roller has turned.
Main Motor
Color Pc Motor
Color
Developing
Motor
Replace
Photocon uuuu
Light Replace with a new unit Not
Available
---
Waste Toner
Collector
Near-
Empty
Condition becomes Near-Empty when the time
for photo interrupter sensor to detect two Light
Shield Plates mounted on a rotating shaft of the
Agitator screw in the Waste Toner Collector
reaches within the range of the given value.
Waste Toner Full
Sensor
Waste Toner Box
Near Full
--- Prepare a new unit Available Warranty NO New unit
detection mechanism
Waste Toner
Full Sensor
Empty Condition becomes Empty when the time for
photo interrupter sensor to detect two Light
Shield Plates mounted on a rotating shaft of the
Agitator screw in the Waste Toner Collector
reaches within the range of the given value.
Replace Waste
Toner Box
Light Replace with a new unit Not
Available
---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating Principle of Main Unit Mechanism 84
Confidential
Note * : Continuing on printing is available until the power is turned OFF. When the Power is turned ON again, the status will become Near-Empty.
Periodic
replacement
parts
Fusing Unit Near-
Empty
Condition becomes Near-Empty when any of the
following values reaches the given value.
Number of prints (Paper more than 216 mm in
Sub Scan Direction is two counts)
Value of the hours which the Fusing Motor has
turned is converted into the number of prints
Fusing Motor Fuser Needed
Soon
--- Prepare a new unit Available Warranty When Fuse for new
unit detection is
conducted, unit is
judged as new unit
and counter is reset
automatically.
Detection for
connector
connection
Near-
Empty 2
Condition becomes Empty 2 when any of the
following values reaches the given value.
Number of prints (Paper more than 216 mm in
Sub Scan Direction is two counts)
Value of the hours which the Fusing Motor has
turned converted into the number of prints
Replace Fuser --- Change to Empty
condition by receiving
job.
--- ---
Empty Condition becomes Empty when the print job is
received in the condition of Near-Empty 2
--- Replace Fuser Flash
Continue on printing
by pushing down
[Start/Stop] to disable
the error*.
Replace with a new unit
Available Out of
warranty
Empty 2 Condition becomes Empty 2 when number of
prints reach the given numbers to print.
--- Replace Fuser Light Replace with a new unit Not
Available
---
Transfer Belt
Unit
Near-
Empty
Condition becomes Near-Empty when the hours
which the Transfer Belt has turned reached the
given time.
Main Motor Transfer Unit
Needed Soon
--- Prepare a new unit Available Warranty When Fuse for new
unit detection is
conducted, unit is
judged as new unit
and counter is reset
automatically.
1st Image
Transfer
Pressure
Retraction
Sensor
Near-
Empty 2
Condition becomes Near-Empty 2 when the
hours which the Transfer Belt has turned reached
the given time.
Replace Transfer
Unit
--- Change to Empty
condition by receiving
job.
--- ---
Empty Condition becomes Empty when the print job is
received in the condition of Near-Empty 2
--- Replace Transfer
Unit
Flash Continue on printing
by pushing down
[Start/Stop] to disable
the error.
Replace with a new unit
Available Out of
warranty
Maintenance Unit/
Feed Roller/
Separation Roller
Near-
Empty
Condition becomes Near-Empty when number of
prints reach the given value (count is paper-size
independent).
Feed Roller/
Separation Roller
Replace
Maintenance
Unit/Replace
Feed Roller xx
--- Prepare a new unit Available Warranty Reset the counter
manually from
Maintenance Menu.
None
Empty Condition becomes Empty when number of prints
reach the given value (count is paper-size
independent).
Replace
Maintenance
Unit/Replace
Feed Roller xx
Flash
Continue on printing
by pushing down
[Start/Stop] to disable
the error.
Replace with a new unit
Available Out of
warranty
Type Unit Status Life detection
Parts attributed
life
Panel display
Solution
continued
on
printing
Image
quality
New unit detection
(Reset counter)
Dictate Unit
Message
Error
LED
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating principle of Option mechanism 85
Confidential
2.3 Operating principle of Option mechanism
2.3.1 Optional Cassette
2.3.1.1 Composition
Figure 2-75. Composition 1
Figure 2-76. Composition 2
4038T2C172AA
Feed Roller
Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-PC)
Vertical Transport Sensor
(PC8-PC)
Vertical Transport
Roller/2
4038T2C127AA
Feed Roller
Separation Roller
4037T2C532AA
Paper Empty Sensor
(PC6-PC)
Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)
Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC)
Paper Near-Empty Sensor (PC1-PC)
Lift-up Motor (M3-PC)
CD Paper Size Sensor/1 (PC4-PC)
Device Detection Sensor
(PC2-PC)
CD Paper Size Sensor/2 (PC3-
PC)
Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC)
Control Board
(PWB-Z-PC)
Lift-up Sensor (PC7-PC)
Paper Take-up Sensor (PC9-PC)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating principle of Option mechanism 86
Confidential
2.3.1.2 Drive
Figure 2-77. Drive overview
PAPER SUPPLY LEVEL DETECTION CONTROL
Paper supply level is indicated in the window of the Cassette Front Cover.
(Only for the Optional Cassette)
When the Paper Lifting Plate goes up, in conjunction with its position, the
Red Lever appears in the window. Red area appeared in the window
indicates paper supply level, and their relationship is as follows.

Decreasing Paper Supply Level Increasing the area of the Red
Lever appeared in the window
Figure 2-78. Controlling for Paper Supply Level
PAPER NEAR-EMPTY/PAPER EMPTY DETECTION
Figure 2-79. Paper Near-Empty/Paper Empty detection
4038T2C028DA
Vertical Transport Roller
Paper Feed Roller
Feed Roller
Lifting Plate
Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC)
Lift-up Motor
(M3-PC)
Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)
4038T2C215AA
4038T2C216AA
Lever Paper Supply Level Indicator in Cassette Front Cover
4036ma2612c0 4036ma2017c1
Paper Empty Sensor (PC6-PC)
An Empty Condition A Near-empty Condition
Paper Near-empty Sensor (PC1-PC)
Lift-up Motor
(M3-PC)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating principle of Option mechanism 87
Confidential
Note H : Blocking
L : Unblocking
Figure 2-80. Paper size detection control
Table 2-12. Paper size detection control (Optional Cassette)
Paper Size
Optional Cassette
Paper Size Board (PWB-I)
Optional Cassette
CD Size Sensor/1
(PC4-PC)
Optional Cassette
CD Size Sensor/2
(PC3-PC)
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
A3
ON
ON/
OFF
ON ON H L
B4 ON ON ON OFF H L
A4R
OFF
ON/
OFF
ON ON L H
A4 ON/
OFF
OFF OFF OFF H L
B5R OFF OFF ON OFF L L
B5 ON ON OFF OFF H L
A5R ON/
OFF
OFF OFF OFF L L
11 x 17 ON OFF ON ON H H
Legal ON ON ON OFF L H
Letter R ON OFF OFF ON L H
Letter OFF OFF OFF OFF H H
4036ma2043c1
1 2 3 4
Guide
Paper Size Board (PWB-I)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating principle of Option mechanism 88
Confidential
PAPER LIFTING MOTION CONTROL
When Tray is slid in
When the Lift-Up Sensor (PC7-PC) of the Optional Cassette is
unblocked (OFF) with the Optional Cassette being closed, the Lift-Up
Motor (M3-PC) of the Optional Cassette will rotate to start lifting up
the Paper Lifting Plate.
When the Lift-Up Sensor (PC7-PC) of the Optional Cassette is blocked
(ON) after the Paper Lifting Plate starts moving up, the Lift-Up Motor
(M3-PC) of the Optional Cassette will stop to finish lifting the Paper
Lifting Plate.
Figure 2-81. Paper lifting motion control of the Optional Cassette
(When Tray is slid in)
Timing for Motion
During a print cycle
When the amount of paper decreases as the Unit keeps printing, the
Feed Roller will gradually come down to unblock the Lift-Up Sensor
(PC7-PC) of the Optional Cassette. The Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC) will
rotate again to lift up the Paper Lifting Plate.
When the Lift-Up Sensor (PC7-PC) is blocked (ON), the Lift-Up
Motor (M3-PC) of the Optional Cassette will stop to finish lifting the
Paper Lifting Plate.
The sequence of these operations is repeated to keep constant the
pressure between the Paper Take-up Roller and paper stack (paper
take-up pressure) regardless of the amount of paper still available for
use.
Figure 2-82. Paper lifting motion control of the Optional Cassette (During a print cycle)
4036ma2607c0
4036ma2232c0
Lift-up Sensor (PC7-PC)
Paper Lifting Plate
Lift-up Motor (M3-PC)
4038T2C141AA
Set Sensor (PC2-PC)
Lift-up Sensor (PC7-PC)
Lift-up Motor (M3-PC)
Slid in Lifting Completed
4036ma2232c0
4036ma2233c0
Lift-up Sensor (PC7-PC)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating principle of Option mechanism 89
Confidential
2.3.2 Duplex Unit
2.3.2.1 Composition
Figure 2-83. Composition
Figure 2-84. Paper Feed Path
4066T2C514DA
Transport section
Switchback section
4066T1J500DA
Switchback to Main Body
Paper is fed into the main body again
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating principle of Option mechanism 90
Confidential
2.3.2.2 Drive
SWITCHBACK DRIVE
Figure 2-85. Drive overview
TRANSPORT DRIVE
Figure 2-86. Drive overview
4066T2C517DA
Paper Exit Roller/2
Switchback Motor (M1 DU)
Main Body
Duplex Unit
Paper Exit Roller/1
Duplex Control Board
(PWB-A DU)
Duplex Unit Transport
Motor (M2 DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Roller 1
Duplex Unit Transport Roller 2
Duplex Unit Transport Roller 3
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating principle of Option mechanism 91
Confidential
2.3.2.3 Operation
SWITCHBACK MECHANISM
Switchback operation
The Paper Exit Roller of the main body is used to subject the 1-sided print
to a switchback sequence so that the 1-sided print is to be transported
through the Duplex Unit.
Switchback operation
Paper Exit Roller drive coupling mechanism
When the Duplex Unit is mounted, the tip of the Duplex Unit Lever raises
the Idle Lever to cut off the drive from the main body (Fusing Rollers) and
the Paper Exit Roller is driven by the Switchback Motor.
Figure 2-87. Paper Exit Roller drive coupling mechanism
Switchback Motor Control
Rotation of the Switchback Motor is controlled by the signals output from
the Duplex Control Board.
4066T2C516DA
Transporting the Paper into
Duplex Unit
Paper Exit Roller/1
Paper Exit
Roller/2
4066T2C518DA
Paper Exit Roller/2
Idle Lever
Switchback Motor (M1 DU)
Duplex Unit
Lever
Paper Exit Roller/1
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating principle of Option mechanism 92
Confidential
TRANSPORT CONTROL
Rotation speed of the Duplex Unit Transport Motor is controlled by the signals
output from the Duplex Control Board.
The following two types of printing methods are available.
Operations in 2-sided printing with a single sheet of paper resident in the
system
Operations in 2-sided printing with more than two papers
2
4066T2C501DA
1. The first sheet of paper is taken up and fed in from the
Main Body Drawer and the Main Body starts the first print
cycle to produce the print image of the second page of the
original.
Paper Exit Roller
2. Immediately before the 1-sided print leaves the Paper Exit
Roller, the direction of rotation of the Paper Exit Roller is
reversed and the 1-sided print is transported toward and
into the Duplex Unit.
2
4066T2C502DA
3. The 1-sided print moves through the Duplex Unit and is
directly subject to the second print cycle without being
stopped.
2
4066T2C503DA
4. The main body carries out the second print cycle to
produce the print image of the first page of the original on
the other side of the 1-sided print.
1 2
4066T2C504DA
5. The paper of 2-sided print is exited.
2
4066T2C506DA
1. The first sheet of paper is taken up and fed in from the
Main Body Drawer and the Main Body starts the first print
cycle to produce the print image of the second page of the
original.
Paper Exit Roller
2
4066T2C507DA
2. Immediately before the first 1-sided print leaves the Paper
Exit Roller, the direction of rotation of the Paper Exit
Roller is reversed and the first 1-sided print is transported
toward and into the Duplex Unit.
3. At the same time, the second sheet of paper is taken up and
fed into the main body.
4
2
4066T2C508DA
4. The Main Body carries out the first print cycle for the
second sheet of paper to produce the print image of the
fourth page of the original.
5. At the same time, the first 1-sided print is transported
through the Duplex Unit.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Operating principle of Option mechanism 93
Confidential
6. The Main Body produces the print image of the first page
of the original on the first 1-sided print that has been fed
through the Duplex Unit.
7. At the same time, the second sheet of paper is subjected to
a switchback sequence at the exit section and fed into the
Duplex Unit.
8. At the same time, the third sheet of paper is taken up and
fed into the main body.
1 2
6
4
4066T2C509DA
9. While feeding the first 2-sided print out, main body
produces the print image of the 6th page of the original on
the third sheet of paper.
10. The second sheet of paper waits before the Duplex Unit
Transport Motor 3 until the third sheet of paper switches
back.
1
4
2
6
4066T2C510DA
1
4
2
6
4066T2C511DA
11. Immediately before the first 1-sided print leaves the Paper
Exit Roller, the direction of rotation of the Paper Exit
Roller is reversed and the first 1-sided print for the third
sheet is transported toward and into the Duplex Unit.
12. At the same time, the second sheet of paper is fed into the
Main Body.
1
4 2
6
3
4066T2C512DA
13. The Main Body carries out the first print cycle for the
second sheet of paper to produce the print image of the
third page of the original.
14. At the same time, the first 1-sided print for the third is
transported through the Duplex Unit.
15. At the same time, the forth sheet of paper is taken up and
fed into the Main Body.
1
8
2
3
4
6
4066T2C513DA
16. While feeding the second 2-sided print out, the Main Body
produces the print image of the 8th page of the original on
the fourth sheet of paper.
17. The third sheet of paper will wait in front of the Duplex
Unit Transport Roller 3 until the fourth sheet of paper has
operated switch back sequence.
18. Steps 11 through 17 are repeated.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Other Control 94
Confidential
2.4 Other Control
2.4.1 Fan Control
2.4.1.1 Construction
Figure 2-88. Construction
2.4.1.2 Function
4039T2C131AA
Suction Fan Motor (M10)
Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor (M14)
Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1
(M8)
Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M12)
Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M22)
Fusing Cooling Fan Motor (M13)
Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M11)
Table 2-13. Function
Motor Name Control Conditions
Power Supply
Cooling Fan Motor/1
(M8)
It exhausts the accumulated heat inside the unit in order to prevent
temperature from increasing at DC power supply part and the controller
part.
Ozone Ventilation
Fan Motor (M14)
A white belt may occur on the image because of the lower sensitivity of
the PC Drum due to ozone accumulated around the PC Drum Charge
Corona. In order to avoid this trouble, ozone filter removes the ozone
inside the PC Drum Charge Corona to keep the sensitivity of the PC
Drum.
Ozone accumulated around the PC Drum Charge Corona will be
absorbed by Ozone filter and be removed.
Fusing Cooling Fan
Motor/1 (M13)
Odor accumulated between TC part and Fusing part is absorbed by the
odor filter to be removed.
In order to keep the temperature between TC part and fusing part as well
as motor part, heat accumulated inside the unit will be exhausted.
Fusing Cooling Fan
Motor/2 (M11)
When the paper with toner heated at fusing part exit while still at high
temperature, toner may be transferred to other paper on the exit tray.
In order to avoid this, air is applied to cool the toner and paper.
Suction Fan Motor
(M10)
Paper will be sucked between 2nd Transfer part and fusing part, so it will
have a stable behavior and go smoothly into the Fusing Roller. The air
inside will be exhausted outside the unit.
A Dust Filter/Vertical Transfer are mounted inside the Ventilation Duct
in order to remove dust the Suction Fan sucked with the air inside the
unit.
Cooling Fan Motor/1
(M12)
Heat accumulated inside the unit will be discharged in order to avoid
temperature increase, etc., inside the transfer part (Transfer Belt and
Transfer Clutch).
Cooling Fan Motor/2
(M22)
Heat accumulated inside the unit will be discharged in order to avoid
temperature increase, etc., of the upper part inside the machine as well as
around the Color PC Motor.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Other Control 95
Confidential
2.4.2 Engine Section Parts Operated When the Main
Power Switch is Turned ON
When the Main Power Switch is turned ON, the Mechanical Control Board
detects it and sends a control signal to the DC Power Supply. This turns
ON the Sleep Relay and the DC Power Supply supplies engine section
parts with 3.3 VDC, 5 VDC, and 24 VDC. The Heater Relay is also turned
ON and the Fusing Heater Lamps are supplied with AC power.
If Sleep is activated, the Sleep Relay is turned OFF, thus shutting off power
supply to the engine section. Even when Sleep is activated, DC power
supply to the Controller Board is continued.
If print data is received with the Sleep Relay turned OFF, the relay is
turned ON by the signal provided by the Controller Board and power is
thereby supplied.
4039T2C133AA
1
Front Door SW
/Right Door SW
Front Door SW 5V
3.3V Power supply to
board
24V
Heater Relay
Sleep Relay
Main Power
Switch
Main DC
Power Supply
Sub DC Power
Supply
2
3
4
5
No Voltage Connected Parts
1
AC Power
Supply
Heater Lamps
2 DC24V
Fan Motors, Solenoids, Clutches, Erase Lamp, Polygon Motor, 2nd
Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Motor, MP
3 DC24V
Main Motor, PC Motor, Developing Motor, Fusing Drive Motor, Toner
Supply Motor, Duplex Option, High Voltage Unit
4 DC5V CPU, ADC, Sensors, Control Panel
5 DC5V Power supply to board
Confidential
CHAP T E R
3
TROUBLESHOOTING
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Overview 97
Confidential
3.1 Overview
For efficient troubleshooting, verify the condition of the trouble carefully, and refer to
the troubleshooting procedures given in this chapter, the operating principles (chapter
2) and the appendix (chapter 7).
3.1.1 Procedure Outline for Troubleshooting
Perform troubleshooting work according to the following flowchart.
.
3.1.2 Preliminary Check
Before starting troubleshooting, make sure that the following conditions are all met.
1. The power supply voltage must be within the specification limits. (Measure the
voltage at the electric outlet.)
2. The POWER CORD must be free from damage, short circuit or breaking, and
should be connected properly to the power source.
3. The printer must be grounded properly.
4. The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to too high or
low temperature, too high or low humidity, or abrupt temperature change.
5. The printer should not be located near waterworks, humidifiers, heaters or flames,
in a dusty atmosphere, or in a place where the printer can be directly exposed to air
blasts from an air conditioner.
6. The printer should not be located in a place where volatile or inflammable gases
are produced.
7. The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to direct
sunlight.
8. The printer must be located in a well-ventilated place.
9. The printer must be placed on a solid, stable and flat surface.
10. The paper used must conform to the specifications. (Standard paper is
recommended.)
11. There should be no errors in handling of the printer.
12. The periodic replacement parts must have been replaced at the right time.
13. The two firmwares for the controller and the engine controller should be the latest
version.
CHECK
POINT
For Location (electrical parts) described from next page,
refer to 7.1 Connection Diagram (p338)
Step Reference
1 Verify the condition of the
trouble
Information from the operator
Test on the printer to check the trouble status
Check the status sheet
Check the engine status sheet
Check the print quality
2 Preliminary Check Refer to "3.1.2 Preliminary Check (p. 97)"
3 Troubleshooting Refer to "3.1.4 Troubleshooting Flowchart (p. 98)"
4 Check if the trouble returns to
normal
---
5 Preventative maintenance Refer to Chapter 6 " MAINTENANCE (p. 331)"
6 Finish ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Overview 98
Confidential
3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Troubleshooting Work
1. Be sure to unplug the POWER CORD before starting troubleshooting work unless
instructed to plug it.
2. In case of performing work with covers removed, the interlock and the safety
switches turned ON, and the power turned ON, disconnect the connector on the
PH Unit if not necessary.
3. In case of performing work with covers removed, the interlock and the safety
switches turned ON, and the power turned ON, be careful of a high voltage
supplied from the high-voltage power supply.
4. When touching any hot surfaces, take care not to burn yourself.
5. Wear a wrist strap to discharge static electricity from body of worker.
3.1.4 Troubleshooting Flowchart
Never touch any live parts unnecessarily when the power is
on. Never touch the power switch/inlet part even after the
power switch is turned OFF as the part is alive unless the
power cord is unplugged.
In case of performing work with covers removed, the
interlock and the safety switches turned ON, and the power
turned ON, a laser beam may be emitted from the PH Unit.
In case of performing work with covers removed, the
interlock and the safety switches turned ON, and the power
turned ON, never touch the high-voltage power supply and
any other high voltage output part as a high voltage may be
output from high voltage unit.
Fix the trouble with reference to the 3.4
Power supply trouble (p. 134).
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Fix the trouble with reference to the
3.2 J am Display (p. 99).
Fix the trouble with reference to the 3.3
Service Call Error (p. 107).
Fix the trouble with reference to the 3.5
Image quality problem (p. 136).
Is it a power supply trouble?
Is it an image quality
problem?
Is an error message (error code) displayed on the
control panel?
Is it a jam error code?
Fix the trouble with reference to the Ch2 " OPERATING PRINCIPLES (p. 31)"
and Ch7 " APPENDIX (p. 337)".
Start
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Jam Display 99
Confidential
3.2 Jam Display
3.2.1 Checking a paper jam type and jammed location
WHEN A PAPER JAM ERROR MESSAGE IS DISPLAYED ON THE
CONTROL PANEL.
Find out the jammed location according to the message on the Control Panel, and
perform the related troubleshooting.
Message Jammed Location Jam processing location Reference
P
a
p
e
r

J
a
m
A, B, H Fusing/exit section
A cover
B cover
H cover (Fusing Unit)
p.102
A Transfer section A cover p.103
A, G,
E2, E3, E4
Vertical Transport
A cover
G section
E2 cover
E3 cover
E4 cover
p.105
A, G MP Tray paper feed
A cover
MP tray
G section
p.104
A, G Paper feed in the cassette 1
Cassette 1
A cover
G section
p.104
E2
Paper feed in the first
optional cassette unit
Vertical Transport
First optional cassette unit
E2 cover
p.105 E3
Paper feed in the second
optional cassette unit
Vertical Transport
Second optional cassette unit
E3 cover
E4
Paper feed in the third
optional cassette unit
Vertical Transport
Third optional cassette unit
E4 cover
D, A Duplex Transport section
D cover (Duplex Unit)
p.106
D, A, G
Duplex Unit pre-registration
section
p.106
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Jam Display 100
Confidential
WHEN A PAPER JAM ERROR MESSAGE IS NOT DISPLAYED ON THE
CONTROL PANEL.
Print the Error Log Sheet and find out a jam type and the jammed location referring to jam code on the sheet. The jam code is expressed in 8-digit hexadecimal and LSB is added at
the end of code.
Note *1: Values printed on the Error Log Sheet.
*2: When no applicable code is found in the above table, the paper jam is occurring at multiple points. In such case, convert the hexadecimal jam code on the Error Log Sheet into binary, and
find out combinations from the table.
Example: 0088 (hexadecimal) 00000000 10001000 (binary) 00000000 10000000 +00000000 00001000 Vertical Transport (Vertical Transport of the lower cassette) +Fourth
paper feed (Cassette 4)
Fourth Byte Third Byte Second, First Byte*2
Media Error Jam type Jammed Location
Hexadecimal*1 Description Hexadecimal*1 Description Hexadecimal*1 bit Binary Description
10
Media error
(Check Media Type)
3F Remnant Paper J am --- 15 10000000 00000000 Reserve
00 No Media Error 3E J am under Control --- 14 1000000 00000000 Reserve
2A Jamat Duplex section (cover) 2000 13 100000 00000000 Exit section
08 J am at Exit section --- 12 10000 00000000 Reserve
05
J am at Second Image
Transfer section
0800 11 1000 00000000
Duplex Transport section
(Duplex Unit Cover)
02
J am at Vertical Transport in
Lower section
0400 10 100 00000000
Second Image Transfer
section
1A
Misfeed at Duplex Section
(pre-registration feed)
--- 9 10 00000000 Reserve
17 Misfeed at MP tray --- 8 1 00000000 Reserve
14 Misfeed at Cassette 4 0080 7 10000000
Vertical Transport
(Vertical Transport in the
Lower Cassette)
13 Misfeed at Cassette 3 0040 6 1000000
Pre-registration Feed section
(Duplex Unit Pre-registration)
12 Misfeed at Cassette 2 0020 5 100000 Manual Paper Feed (MP tray)
11 Misfeed at Cassette 1 --- 4 10000 Reserve
00 No J am 0008 3 1000 Fourth Paper Feed (Cassette 4)
0004 2 100 Third Paper Feed (Cassette 3)
0002 1 10
Second Paper Feed
(Cassette 2)
0001 0 1 First Paper Feed (Cassette 1)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Jam Display 101
Confidential
3.2.2 Sensor layout
[1] Exit Sensor PC2
[2] Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 PC1 DU
[3] Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 PC2 DU
[4]
*
Registration Roller Sensor PC1
OHP Sensor PC4
[5] Vertical Transport Sensor (Optional Cassette 1) PC8-PC
[6] Paper Take-Up Sensor (Optional Cassette 1) PC9-PC
[7] Vertical Transport Sensor (Optional Cassette 2) PC8-PC
[8] Take-up Sensor (Optional Cassette 2) PC9-PC
[9] Vertical Transport Sensor (Optional Cassette 3) PC8-PC
[10] Take-up Sensor (Optional Cassette 3) PC9-PC
Note * : Two different types of sensors are located in the area near [4].
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Jam Display 102
Confidential
3.2.3 Solution
INITIAL CHECK ITEMS
When a paper misfeed occurs, first make checks of the following initial check items
MISFEED AT FUSING/EXIT SECTION (A, B, H)
Detection Timing
Action
Table 3-1. Initial Check Items
Check Item Action
Does paper meet product specifications? Change paper.
Is paper curled, wavy, or damp. Change paper.
Instruct user in correct paper storage.
Is a foreign object present along the paper path, or is
the paper path deformed or worn?
Clean or change the paper path.
Are the Paper Separator Fingers dirty, deformed, or
worn?
Clean or change the defective Paper
Separator Finger.
Are rolls/rollers dirty, deformed, or worn? Clean or change the defective roll/roller.
Are the Edge Guide and Trailing Edge Stop at
correct position to accommodate paper?
Set as necessary.
Are actuators found operational as checked for
correct operation?
Correct or change the defective actuator.
Table 3-2. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of
misfeed at Fusing/
Exit Section
PC2 is not unblocked even after the lapse of a given period of time after
the paper has blocked the Exit Sensor (PC2).
The Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1) is not blocked even after the
lapse of a given period of time after the Exit Sensor (PC2) has been
unblocked by the paper during a switchback sequence.
Detection of paper
left in Exit Section
The Exit Sensor (PC2) is blocked when the Main Power Switch is turned
ON, a door or cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is
reset.
Table 3-3. Action
Relevant Electrical Parts
Exit Sensor (PC2)
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1)
Duplex Control Board (PWB-A DU)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical
parts)
1 Initial check items --- ---
2 PC2 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-M CNTH2-8 (ON) C-14
3 PC1 I/O check, Sensor check --- U-18
4 Change PWB-A (p.312) --- ---
5 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Jam Display 103
Confidential
MISFEED AT 2ND IMAGE TRANSFER SECTION (A)
Detection Timing
Action
Table 3-4. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of
misfeed at 2nd
Transfer section
The leading edge of the paper does not block the Exit Sensor (PC2) even
after the lapse of a given period of time after the Registration Roller
Clutch (CL1) has been energized.
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not unblocked even after the lapse
of a given period of time after it has been blocked by the paper.
Detection of paper
left in 2nd Transfer
section
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is blocked when the Power Switch
is turned ON, a cover is opened and closed, or a J am or malfunction is
reset.
The OHP Sensor (PC4) is blocked when the Main Power Switch is turned
ON, a cover is opened and closed, or a J am or malfunction is reset.
The Exit Sensor (PC2) is blocked when the Image Transfer Belt Unit is
being cleaned.
Misfeed detected as
a result of delayed
deactivation of
sensor
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not unblocked at MP tray feed
even when the lapse of a given period of time passed after it has been
shaded by the paper.
2nd Transfer
section Loop
Registration
Reversing J AM
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) has been shaded earlier than the
specified period of time after the Feed Roller started rotating to feed
paper.
Table 3-5. Action
Relevant Electrical Parts
Registration Roller Sensor (PC1)
Exit Sensor (PC2)
OHP Sensor (PC4)
Registration Roller Clutch (CL1)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Initial check items --- ---
2 PC1 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-M CNSEN-3 (ON) C-3A to 4
3 PC2 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-M CNTH2-8 (ON) C-14
4 PC4 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-M CNSEN-6 (ON) C-4
5 CL1 operation check PWB-M CNSEN-18 (ON) C-5
6 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Jam Display 104
Confidential
MISFEED AT MP TRAY PAPER FEED SECTION (A, G)
Detection Timing
Action
MISFEED AT CASSETTE 1 PAPER FEED SECTION (A, G)
Detection Timing
Action
Table 3-6. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of
Misfeed at MP Tray
Paper Feed section
The leading edge of the paper does not block the Registration Roller
Sensor (PC1) even after the lapse of a given period of time after the MP
Tray Feed Clutch (CL5) has been energized.
MP Tray Paper
Feed section
Loop Registration
Reversing J AM
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not shaded even when the
specified period of time has passed after the Feed Roller started rotating to
feed paper from MP tray.
Table 3-7. Action
Relevant Electrical Parts
Registration Roller Sensor (PC1)
MP Tray Feed Clutch (CL5)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Initial check items --- ---
2 PC1 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-M CNSEN-3 (ON) C-3 to 4
3 CL5 operation check PWB-M CNTRY1-2 (ON) C-9
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Table 3-8. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of Misfeed at
Cassette 1 Paper Feed
section
The leading edge of the paper does not block the Registration Roller
Sensor (PC1) even after the lapse of a given period of time after the
Cassette 1 Paper Feed Clutch (CL2) has been energized.
Cassette 1 Paper Feed
section
Loop Registration
Reversing J AM
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not shaded even when the
specified period of time has passed after the Feed Roller started
rotating to feed paper from standard cassette.
Table 3-9. Action
Relevant Electrical Parts
Cassette 1 Paper Feed Clutch (CL2)
Registration Roller Sensor (PC1)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Initial check items --- ---
2 PC1 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-M CNSEN-3 (ON) C-3 to 4
3 CL2 operation check PWB-M CNLP-13 (ON) C-11
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Jam Display 105
Confidential
MISFEED AT OPTIONAL CASSETTE PAPER FEED, OPTIONAL
CASSETTE VERTICAL TRANSPORT SECTION (A, G, E2, E3, E4)
Detection Timing
Action
Table 3-10. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of Misfeed at
Optional Cassette Paper
Feed section
The leading edge of the paper does not block the Vertical
Transport Sensor (PC8) even after the lapse of a given period of
time after the Paper Feed Motor (M1) has been energized.
Detection of Misfeed at
Optional Cassette Vertical
Transport section
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not blocked even after the
lapse of a given period of time after the paper has blocked the
Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8).
Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8) does not transmit the paper even
after the lapse of a given period of time after the paper has blocked
PC8.
Optional Cassette Vertical
Transport section Loop
Registration Reversing
J AM
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not shaded even when the
specified period of time has passed after the Feed Roller started
rotating to feed paper.
Detection of paper left in
Optional cassette
The Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC) is blocked when the
Power Switch is turned ON, a cover is opened and closed, or a
J AM or malfunction is reset.
The Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-PC) is blocked when the Power
Switch is turned ON, a cover is opened and closed, or a J AM or
malfunction is reset.
Table 3-11. Action
Relevant Electrical Parts
Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-PC)
Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC)
Registration Roller Sensor (PC1)
Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)
Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical
parts)
1 Initial check items --- ---
2 PC9 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-Z PC PJ 6Z PC-8 (ON) V-22
3 PC8 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-Z PC PJ 6Z PC-11 (ON) V-22
4 PC1 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-M CNSEN-3 (ON)) C-3 to 4
5 M1 operation check PWB-Z PC PJ 5Z PC-1 to 4 Q-22
6 Change PWB-Z (p.279) --- ---
7 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Jam Display 106
Confidential
MISFEED AT DUPLEX TRANSPORT SECTION (DUPLEX OPTION) (D, A)
Detection Timing
Action
JAM AT DUPLEX PRE-REGISTRATION SECTION (DUPLEX UNIT) (D, A,
G)
Detection Timing
Action
Table 3-12. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of
misfeed at Duplex
Transport section
The Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 (PC2) is not blocked even after the
lapse of a given period of time after the paper has blocked the Duplex Unit
Transport Sensor 1 (PC1).
The Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1) is not unblocked even after the
lapse of a given period of time after it has been blocked by the paper.
The Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 (PC2) is not unblocked even after the
lapse of a given period of time after it has been blocked by the paper.
Detection of paper
left in Duplex
Transport Section
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1DU) or Duplex Unit Transport
Sensor 2 (PC2DU) is blocked when the Power Switch is turned ON, a
cover is opened and closed, or a J AM or malfunction is reset.
Table 3-13. Action
Relevant Electrical Parts
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1 DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 (PC2 DU)
Duplex Unit Switchback Motor (M1 DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Motor (M2 DU)
Duplex Control Board (PWB-A DU)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Initial check items --- ---
2 PC1 I/O check, Sensor check --- U-18
3 PC2 I/O check, Sensor check --- U-18
4 M1 operation check PWB-A DU PJ 4A DU-1 to 4 V-19
5 M2 operation check PWB-A DU PJ 5A DU-1 to 4 V-19
6 Change PWB-A (p.312) --- ---
7 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Table 3-14. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of Misfeed at
Duplex pre-registration
section
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not blocked even after the
lapse of a given period of time after a Duplex paper feed sequence
has been started.
Detection of Loop
Registration Reversing
J AM at Duplex pre-
registration section
The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not shaded even when the
specified period of time has passed after the Feed Roller started
rotating to re-feed paper.
Table 3-15. Action
Relevant Electrical Parts
Registration Roller Sensor (PC1)
Duplex Unit Switchback Motor (M1 DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Motor (M2 DU)
Duplex Control Board (PWB-A DU)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Initial check items --- ---
2 PC1 I/O check, Sensor check --- U-18
3 M1 operation check PWB-A DU PJ 4A DU-1 to 4 V-19
4 M2 operation check PWB-A DU PJ 5A DU-1 to 4 V-19
5 Change PWB-A (p.312) --- ---
6 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 107
Confidential
3.3 Service Call Error
3.3.1 Error code
The CPU performs a self-diagnostics function. If a malfunction is detected, an error code is displayed on the Control Panel.
ERROR CODE LIST
Engine-related Error
Table 3-16. Error Code List
Code Item Detection Timing Reference
E100 Polygon Motor/C failure to turn
The Polygon motor fails to turn stably even after the lapse of a given period of time after activating the
Polygon motor.
Motor Lock signal detects H for a given period time consecutively during the Polygon motor is rotating.
p.113
E101 Polygon Motor/M failure to turn
E102 Polygon Motor/Y failure to turn
E103 Polygon Motor/K failure to turn
E110 Laser malfunction (Cyan)
SOS signal is not detected within the lapse of a given period of time after staring the laser output.
SOS signal is not detected within a given period of time during printing or IDC sensor adjustment.
p.113
E111 Laser malfunction (Magenta)
E112 Laser malfunction (Yellow)
E113 Laser malfunction (Black)
E200 Transfer Belt Separation
The 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Sensor doesn't turn ON (Retracting) even after the
lapse of a given period of time after the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch has turned ON during
the Transfer Belt is retracting.
The 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Sensor doesn't turn OFF (Pressuring) even after the
lapse of a given period of time after the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch has turned ON during
the Transfer Belt is pressuring.
p.114
E210 2nd Transfer Roller Separation
The 2nd Image Transfer Pressure Position Sensor doesn't turn ON (Retracting) even after the lapse of a
given period of time after the 2nd Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Motor has started rotating during the
2nd Transfer Roller is retracting.
The 2nd Image Transfer Pressure Position Sensor doesn't turn OFF (Pressuring) even after the lapse of a
given period of time after the 2nd Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Motor has started rotating during the
2nd Transfer Roller is pressuring.
p.114
E220 Transfer Belt Unit New Article Release A new installation is not detected when a new Transfer Belt Unit is installed. p.114
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 108
Confidential
E300 Abnormally low Heating Roller temperature
The temperature of the Heating Roller Thermistor/1 (TH1) is lower than a given level of degree for 1 second
or more uninterruptedly during Ready mode, Low Power mode or printing.
The temperature of the Heating Roller Thermistor/2 (TH3) is lower than a given level of degree for 1 second
or more uninterruptedly during Ready mode, Low Power mode or printing.
p.115
E301 Abnormally low Fusing Pressure Roller temperature
The temperature of the Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistor /1 (TH2) is lower than a given level of degree for
1 second or more uninterruptedly during Ready mode, Low Power mode or printing.
E302 Abnormally high Heating Roller temperature
The temperatures of the Heating Roller Thermistor/1 (TH1) and the Heating Roller Thermistor/2 (TH3) are
higher than a given level of degree for 1 second or more uninterruptedly.
The Heater Relay is OFF.
E303 Abnormally high Fusing Pressure Roller temperature
The temperature of the Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistor/1 (TH2) is higher than a given level of degree for
1 second or more uninterruptedly before the Heater temperature control starts.
The temperature of the Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistor/1 (TH2) is higher than a given level of degree for
1 second or more uninterruptedly after the Heater temperature control starts.
E304 Heating Roller warm-up failure
The Heating Roller Thermistor/1 (TH1) and the Heating Roller Thermistor/2 (TH3) fails to raise a given
degree of temperature even after the lapse of a given period of time after the Heating Roller Heater lamp/1
(H1) is turned ON.
The detected temperature of the Heating Roller Thermistor/1 (TH1) is lower for a given level of degree than
one of the Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistor/1 (TH2) after the Front Cover is opened or closed, the Main
Power Switch is turned ON, or TROUBLE RESET is implemented.
The counter value of zero cross signal input is not updated for a given period of time.
E305 Fusing Pressure Roller warm-up failure
The Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistor/1 (TH2) fails to raise a given degree of temperature even after the
lapse of a given period of time after the Fusing Pressure Heater Lamp (H3) is turned ON.
The detected temperature of the Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistor/1 (TH2) is lower for a given level of
degree than one of the Heating Roller Thermistor/1 (TH1) after the Front Cover is opened or closed, the
Main Power Switch is turned ON, or TROUBLE RESET is implemented.
E310 Fusing Unit New Article Release A new installation is not detected when a new Fusing Unit is installed. p.115
E400 Abnormally low toner density detected Cyan TCR Sensor Mixture ratio of the toner and carrier in the developing machine is lower than the specified value. p.116
E401 Abnormally high toner density detected Cyan TCR Sensor Mixture ratio of the toner and carrier in the developing machine is higher than the specified value. p.116
E402
Abnormally low toner density detected Magenta TCR
Sensor
Mixture ratio of the toner and carrier in the developing machine is lower than the specified value.
p.116
E403
Abnormally high toner density detected Magenta TCR
Sensor
Mixture ratio of the toner and carrier in the developing machine is higher than the specified value.
p.116
E404 Abnormally low toner density detected Yellow TCR Sensor Mixture ratio of the toner and carrier in the developing machine is lower than the specified value. p.116
E405 Abnormally high toner density detected Yellow TCR Sensor Mixture ratio of the toner and carrier in the developing machine is higher than the specified value. p.116
Table 3-16. Error Code List
Code Item Detection Timing Reference
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 109
Confidential
E406 Abnormally low toner density detected Black TCR Sensor Mixture ratio of the toner and carrier in the developing machine is lower than the specified value. p.117
E407 Abnormally high toner density detected Black TCR Sensor Mixture ratio of the toner and carrier in the developing machine is higher than the specified value. p.117
E500 Main Motor's failure to turn
The Motor Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor is
turning.
p.118
E501 Main Motor turning at abnormal timing
The Motor Lock signal remains LOW for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.118
E510 Color PC Drum Motor's failure to turn
The Motor Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor is
turning.
p.118
E511 Color PC Drum Motor's turning at abnormal timing
The Motor Lock signal remains LOW for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.119
E520 Color Developing Motor's failure to turn
The Motor Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor is
turning.
p.119
E521 Color Developing Motor's turning at abnormal timing
The Motor Lock signal remains LOW for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.120
E550 Suction Fan Motor's failure to turn
The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.120
E551 Cooling Fan Motor/1's failure to turn
The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.120
E552
Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/1's
failure to turn
The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.120
E553
Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2's
failure to turn
The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.121
E554 Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor's failure to turn
The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.121
E555 Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1's failure to turn
The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.121
E556 Cooling Fan Motor 2's failure to turn
The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the Motor remains
stationary.
p.121
E600 Cyan TCR Sensor adjustment failure
TCR Sensor automatic adjustment does not function properly, failing to adjust to an appropriate value.
p.122 E601 Magenta TCR Sensor adjustment failure
E602 Yellow TCR Sensor adjustment failure
E603 Black TCR Sensor adjustment failure p.122
E610 1st Image Transfer ATVC (color) failure An abnormal average value is detected while performing the first image transfer ATVC of color. p.123
Table 3-16. Error Code List
Code Item Detection Timing Reference
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 110
Confidential
E611 1st Image Transfer ATVC (K) failure An abnormal average value is detected while performing the first image transfer ATVC of black. p.123
E612 2nd Image Transfer ATVC failure An abnormal average value is detected while performing the second image transfer ATVC. p.123
E620 Color PC Drum sensor malfunction
The output from the Color PC Drive Main and Sub Sensors remains unchanged for a continuous period of
1,000 ms while the Color PC Drum Motor is turning stably and the Lock signal is active (LOW-0).
p.124
E621 BLACK PC Drum sensor malfunction
The output from the Black PC Drive Main and Sub Sensors remains unchanged for a continuous period of
1,000 ms while the Main Motor is turning stably and the Lock signal is active (LOW-0).
p.124
E630 IDC Sensor (front) failure
All outputs of Sensor photo-receiver section from the detection point (unprinted surface on the Image
Transfer Belt) are 0.5 V or less, or 4.3 V or more at output checking during IDC Sensor adjustment.
All outputs of Sensor photo-receiver section from the detection point (unprinted surface on the Image
Transfer Belt) are 1.9 V or less, or 4.4 V or more at density setting during IDC Sensor adjustment.
The output of Sensor photo-receiver section from the detection point (toner pattern on the Image Transfer
Belt) is 1.0 V or less after the adjustment.
p.125
E631 IDC Sensor (back) failure
All outputs of Sensor photo-receiver section from the detection point (unprinted surface on the Image
Transfer Belt) are 0.5 V or less, or 4.3 V or more at output checking during IDC Sensor adjustment.
All outputs of Sensor photo-receiver section from the detection point (unprinted surface on the Image
Transfer Belt) are 1.9 V or less, or 4.4 V or more at density setting during IDC Sensor adjustment.
The output of Sensor photo-receiver section from the detection point (toner pattern on the Image Transfer
Belt) is 1.0 V or less after the adjustment.
p.125
E640 Color Shift Test Pattern failure
The number of points detected in the main scan direction is more or less than the specified value during
main scan direction registration correction.
The number of points detected in the sub scan direction is more or less than the specified value during sub
scan direction registration correction.
p.126
E641 Color Shift Adjust failure
The color shift amount is greater than the specified range during main scan direction registration correction.
The color shift amount is greater than the specified range during sub scan direction registration correction.
The skew correction amount is greater than the specified value.
p.126
E701 MP tray Rise Descent Error
The Bypass Lift-Up Sensor is not blocked even when the Vertical Transport Motor has turned for a given
number of pulses after the sequence to move the Paper Lifting Plate from the standby position to the feed
position was started.
The Bypass Lift-Up Sensor is not unblocked even when the Vertical Transport Motor has turned for a given
number of pulses after the sequence to move the Paper Lifting Plate from the feed position to the standby
position was started.
p.127
Table 3-16. Error Code List
Code Item Detection Timing Reference
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 111
Confidential
E702 Standard cassette Elevator failure
The Lift-Up Sensor is not blocked even after the lapse of a given period of time after the lifting motion has been
started.
p.127 E703 Optional Cassette1 Elevator failure
The Lift-Up Sensor is not blocked even after the lapse of a given period of time after the lifting motion has been
started.
E704 Optional Cassette2 Elevator failure
The Lift-Up Sensor is not blocked even after the lapse of a given period of time after the lifting motion has been
started.
E900 Flash ROM write error Flash ROM writing is found faulty during a check. p.128
E901 RTC failure The correct access to the RTC Board is failed during access. p.128
E998 Engine communication error The correct access between the Controller Board and the Mechanical Control Board are failed during access. p.128
Table 3-16. Error Code List
Code Item Detection Timing Reference
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 112
Confidential
Controller Related Error
CHECK
POINT
Sort code C is displayed as D depending on the module
that detects errors on the hardware. In this case, read D as
C and execute the troubleshooting procedure.
Table 3-17. Error Code List
Sort Error Code Description Reference
C 0000-0799 CPU error
Controller
Related Error
(p129)
C 0800 IPL error (controller defect)
C 0998 Engine communication error (only when power-on)
C 0999 Engine flash ROM has no program data
C 1000 Standard RAM error (not installed, etc.)
C 1001 Standard RAM error (standard stack is undefined, etc.)
C 1002 Standard RAM error (standard size is undefined, etc.)
C 1003 Optional RAM error
C 1010 Verification error
C 1021 RAM error (slot 1)
C 1100 ROM checksum error (font)
C 1101 ROM checksum error (font)
C 1110 ROM checksum error (font)
C 1111 ROM checksum error (font)
C 1120 ROM checksum error (program)
C 1121 ROM checksum error (program)
C 1122 ROM checksum error (program)
C 1123 ROM checksum error (program)
C 1200 EEPROM writing error
C 1210 EEPROM writing times limit
C 1300 RTC error
C 1400 Engine initialization error
Controller
Related Error
(p129)
C 1500 CCNV hardware error
C 1550 Initialization hardware error for SRAM for compression
C 1600 Video series hardware error
C 1610 Video series hardware error
C 1700 Loopback test of network board
C 1702 Network board uninstalled
C 1710 Token Ring hard ware error
C 1800 SPD of DIMM error
C 1999 Other hardware errors
C 2000 Software error
Table 3-17. Error Code List
Sort Error Code Description Reference
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 113
Confidential
3.3.2 Solution to Engine-Related Error
E100: POLYGON MOTOR/C FAILURE TO TURN
E101: POLYGON MOTOR/M FAILURE TO TURN
E102: POLYGON MOTOR/Y FAILURE TO TURN
E103: POLYGON MOTOR/K FAILURE TO TURN
E110: LASER MALFUNCTION (CYAN)
E111: LASER MALFUNCTION (MAGENTA)
E112: LASER MALFUNCTION (YELLOW)
E113: LASER MALFUNCTION (BLACK)
Relevant Electrical Parts
PH Unit
PH Interface Board (PWB-D)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector for proper
connection and correct as necessary.
--- ---
2 Change PH Unit (p.175) --- ---
3 Change PWB-D (p.175) --- ---
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
PH Unit
PH Interface Board (PWB-D)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector for proper
connection and correct as necessary.
--- ---
2 Change PH Unit (p.175) --- ---
3 Change PWB-D (p.175) --- ---
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 114
Confidential
E200: TRANSFER BELT SEPARATION E210: 2ND TRANSFER ROLLER SEPARATION
E220: TRANSFER BELT UNIT NEW ARTICLE RELEASE
Relevant Electrical Parts
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction
Position Sensor (PC6)
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction
Clutch (CL3)
Main Motor (M1)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the M1 connector for proper
connection and correct as necessary.
--- ---
2 PC6 I/O check, Sensor check --- ---
3 CL3 operation check PWB-M CNDM1-11 (ON) K to L-2
4 M1 operation check PWB-M CNDM1-5 (REM)
PWB-M CNDM1-8 (LOCK)
K to L-2
5 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) Right Door
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Change Right Door (p.260) --- ---
3 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Reinstall the Unit. --- ---
2 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 115
Confidential
E300: ABNORMALLY LOW HEATING ROLLER TEMPERATURE
E301: ABNORMALLY LOW FUSING PRESSURE ROLLER
TEMPERATURE
E302: ABNORMALLY HIGH HEATING ROLLER TEMPERATURE
E303: ABNORMALLY HIGH FUSING PRESSURE ROLLER
TEMPERATURE
E304: HEATING ROLLER WARM-UP FAILURE
E305: FUSING PRESSURE ROLLER WARM-UP FAILURE
E310: FUSING UNIT NEW ARTICLE RELEASE
Relevant Electrical Parts
Fusing Unit
DC Power Supply (PU1)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the Fusing Unit for correct
installation (whether it is secured in
position).
--- ---
2 Check the Fusing Unit, PWB-M and
PU1 for proper connection and correct
or change as necessary.
--- ---
3 Change Fusing Unit --- ---
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
5 Change PU1 (p.193) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Fusing Unit Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the Fusing Unit for correct
installation (whether it is secured in
position).
--- ---
2 Check the Fusing Unit, PWB-M for
proper connection and correct or
change as necessary.
--- ---
3 Reinstall Fusing Unit --- ---
4 Change Fusing Unit --- ---
5 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 116
Confidential
E400: ABNORMALLY LOW TONER DENSITY DETECTED CYAN
TCR SENSOR
E402: ABNORMALLY LOW TONER DENSITY DETECTED
MAGENTA TCR SENSOR
E404: ABNORMALLY LOW TONER DENSITY DETECTED
YELLOW TCR SENSOR
E401: ABNORMALLY HIGH TONER DENSITY DETECTED CYAN
TCR SENSOR
E403: ABNORMALLY HIGH TONER DENSITY DETECTED
MAGENTA TCR SENSOR
E405: ABNORMALLY HIGH TONER DENSITY DETECTED
YELLOW TCR SENSOR
Relevant Electrical Parts
Photoconductor Unit/C
Photoconductor Unit/M
Photoconductor Unit/Y
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Controller Board (PWB-P)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Perform image
troubleshooting procedure if
image density is low.
--- ---
2 Clean the TCR Sensor
window on the underside of
the Photoconductor Unit if
dirty.
--- ---
3 M6, M7 operation check PWB-M CNDM2-10 to 13(M6)
PWB-M CNDM3-10 to 13(M7)
C-22
C-23
4 Reinstall Photoconductor
Unit.
--- ---
5 Change Photoconductor Unit. --- ---
6 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
7 Change PWB-P (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Photoconductor Unit/C
Photoconductor Unit/M
Photoconductor Unit/Y
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Controller Board (PWB-P)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Clean the TCR Sensor window on the
underside of the Photoconductor Unit if
dirty.
--- ---
2 Reinstall Photoconductor Unit. --- ---
3 Change Photoconductor Unit. --- ---
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
5 Change PWB-P (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 117
Confidential
E406: ABNORMALLY LOW TONER DENSITY DETECTED BLACK TCR
SENSOR
E407: ABNORMALLY HIGH TONER DENSITY DETECTED BLACK TCR
SENSOR
Relevant Electrical Parts
Photoconductor Unit /K
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Controller Board (PWB-P)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Perform image troubleshooting
procedure if image density is low.
--- ---
2 Clean the TCR Sensor window on the
underside of the Photoconductor Unit
if dirty.
--- ---
3 M7 operation check PWB-M CNDM3-10 to 13 C-23
4 Reinstall Photoconductor Unit --- ---
5 Change Photoconductor Unit /K --- ---
6 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
7 Change PWB-P (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Photoconductor Unit /K
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Controller Board (PWB-P)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Clean the TCR Sensor window on the
underside of the Photoconductor Unit
if dirty.
--- ---
2 Reinstall Photoconductor Unit --- ---
3 Change Photoconductor Unit /K --- ---
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
5 Change PWB-P (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 118
Confidential
E500: MAIN MOTOR'S FAILURE TO TURN E501: MAIN MOTOR TURNING AT ABNORMAL TIMING
E510: COLOR PC DRUM MOTOR'S FAILURE TO TURN
Relevant Electrical Parts
Main Motor (M1)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the M1 connector for proper
connection and correct as necessary.
--- ---
2 Check M1 for proper drive coupling
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 Check the PWB-M connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
4 M1 operation check PWB-M CNDM1-5 (REM)
PWB-M CNDM1-8 (LOCK)
K L-2
5 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
6 Change PU1 (p.193) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Main Motor (M1)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 M1 operation check PWB-M CNDM1-5 (REM)
PWB-M CNDM1-8 (LOCK)
K to L-2
2 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
3 Change PU1 (p.193) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Color PC Drum Motor (M2) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the connector of motor for
proper drive coupling and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
3 Check the PWB-M connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
4 M2 operation check PWB-M CNDM3-5 (REM)
PWB-M CNDM3-8 (LOCK)
C-23
5 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 119
Confidential
E511: COLOR PC DRUM MOTOR'S TURNING AT ABNORMAL TIMING E520: COLOR DEVELOPING MOTOR'S FAILURE TO TURN
Relevant Electrical Parts
Color PC Drum Motor (M2) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 M2 operation check PWB-M CNDM3-5 (REM)
PWB-M CNDM3-8 (LOCK)
C-23
2 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Color Developing Motor (M3)
DC Power Supply (PU1)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
3 Check the PU1 connector for proper
connection and correct as necessary.
--- ---
4 Check the PWB-M connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
5 M3 operation check PWB-M CNDM2-5 (REM)
PWB-M CNDM2-8 (LOCK)
C-22
6 Change PU1 (p.193) --- ---
7 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 120
Confidential
E521: COLOR DEVELOPING MOTOR'S TURNING AT ABNORMAL
TIMING
E550: SUCTION FAN MOTOR'S FAILURE TO TURN
E551: COOLING FAN MOTOR/1'S FAILURE TO TURN
E552: FUSING COOLING FAN MOTOR /1'S FAILURE TO TURN
Relevant Electrical Parts
Color Developing Motor (M3)
DC Power Supply (PU1)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 M3 operation check PWB-M CNDM2-5 (REM)
PWB-M CNDM2-8 (LOCK)
C-22
2 Change PU1 --- ---
3 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) Right Door
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Change Right Door (p.260) --- ---
3 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M12) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 heck the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the fan for possible overload
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 M12 operation check PWB-M CNDM2-15 (REM)
PWB-M CNDM2-16 (LOCK)
C-22
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M13) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the fan for possible overload
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 M13 operation check PWB-M CNLP-9 (ON)
PWB-M CNLP-11 (LOCK)
C-11
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 121
Confidential
E553: FUSING COOLING FAN MOTOR /2'S FAILURE TO TURN
E554: OZONE VENTILATION FAN MOTOR'S FAILURE TO TURN
E555: POWER SUPPLY COOLING FAN MOTOR'S FAILURE TO TURN
E556: COOLING FAN MOTOR 2'S FAILURE TO TURN
Relevant Electrical Parts
Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2(M11) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the fan for possible overload
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 M11 operation check PWB-M CNDM1-14 (ON)
PWB-M CNDM1-17 (LOCK)
K to L-1
4 Change PWB-M (p.198)
Relevant Electrical Parts
Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor (M14) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the fan for possible overload
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 M14 operation check PWB-M CNDM1-14 (ON)
PWB-M CNDM1-17 (LOCK)
K to L-1
4 Change PWB-M (p.198)
Relevant Electrical Parts
Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M8) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the fan for possible overload
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 M8 operation check PWB-M CNLV3-2 (ON)
PWB-M CNLV3-3 (LOCK)
C-27
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M22) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector of motor for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the fan for possible overload
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 M22 operation check --- ---
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 122
Confidential
E600: CYAN TCR SENSOR ADJUSTMENT FAILURE
E601: MAGENTA TCR SENSOR ADJUSTMENT FAILURE
E602: YELLOW TCR SENSOR ADJUSTMENT FAILURE
E603: BLACK TCR SENSOR ADJUSTMENT FAILURE
Relevant Electrical Parts
Photoconductor Unit /C
Photoconductor Unit /M
Photoconductor Unit /Y
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Controller Board (PWB-P)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Clean the TCR Sensor window
on the underside of the
Photoconductor Unit if dirty
--- ---
2 M6, M7 operation check PWB-M CNDM2-10 to 13 (M6)
PWB-M CNDM3-10 to 13 (M7)
C-22
C-23
3 Reinstall Photoconductor Unit --- ---
4 Change Photoconductor Unit --- ---
5 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
6 Change PWB-P (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Photoconductor Unit /K
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Controller Board (PWB-P)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Clean or correct each contact of the
Photoconductor Unit if faulty.
--- ---
2 M7 operation check PWB-M CNDM3-10 to 13 C-23
3 Reinstall Photoconductor Unit /K --- ---
4 Change Photoconductor Unit /K --- ---
5 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
6 Change PWB-P (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 123
Confidential
E610: 1ST IMAGE TRANSFER ATVC (COLOR) FAILURE
E611: 1ST IMAGE TRANSFER ATVC (K) FAILURE

E612: 2ND IMAGE TRANSFER ATVC FAILURE


Relevant Electrical Parts
Transfer Belt Unit
Transfer Roller
High Voltage Unit
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check if the Transfer Roller and
Transfer Belt are dirty and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Change High Voltage Unit (p.230) --- ---
3 Change Transfer Belt Unit (p.162) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Transfer Belt Unit High Voltage Unit
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check if the Transfer Roller and
Transfer Belt are dirty and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Change High Voltage Unit (p.230) --- ---
3 Change Transfer Belt Unit (p.162) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Transfer Belt Unit
2nd Transfer Roller
High Voltage Unit
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check if the Transfer Roller and
Transfer Belt are dirty and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check that the 2nd Transfer Roller is
properly installed and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
3 Change 2nd Transfer Roller. (p.169) --- ---
4 Change High Voltage Unit. (p.230) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 124
Confidential
E620: COLOR PC DRUM SENSOR MALFUNCTION E621: BLACK PC DRUM SENSOR MALFUNCTION
Relevant Electrical Parts
Transport Drive Assy
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Harness
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check if the Detect Light Shield Plate
has damages and is properly installed,
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the Transport Drive Assy
connector for proper connection and
correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 Check the PWB-M connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
4 Change the cable that connects
Transport Drive Assy and PWB-M.
--- ---
5 Change Transport Drive Assy (p.230) --- ---
6 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Transport Drive Assy
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Harness
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check if the Detect Light Shield Plate
has damages and is properly installed,
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the Transport Drive Assy
connector for proper connection and
correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 Check the PWB-M connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
4 Change the cable that connects
Transport Drive Assy and PWB-M.
--- ---
5 Change Transport Drive Assy (p.230) --- ---
6 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 125
Confidential
E630: IDC SENSOR (FRONT) FAILURE E631: IDC SENSOR (BACK) FAILURE
Relevant Electrical Parts
IDC Sensor
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check that the IDC Sensor is properly
installed and correct as necessary.
--- ---
2 Check if the IDC sensor is dirty and
correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 Check the IDC Sensor connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
4 Check the PWB-M connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
5 Change the cable that connects IDC
Sensor and PWB-M.
--- ---
6 Change the IDC Sensor. --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
IDC Sensor
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check that the IDC Sensor is properly
installed and correct as necessary.
--- ---
2 Check if the IDC sensor is dirty and
correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 Check the IDC Sensor connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
4 Check the PWB-M connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
5 Change the cable that connects IDC
Sensor and PWB-M.
--- ---
6 Change the IDC Sensor. --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 126
Confidential
E640: COLOR SHIFT TEST PATTERN FAILURE

E641: COLOR SHIFT ADJUST FAILURE
Relevant Electrical Parts
Transfer Belt Unit
IDC Sensor
Photoconductor Unit
PH Unit
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check if Transfer Belt has damages
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
2 Check that the IDC Sensor is properly
installed and correct as necessary.
--- ---
3 Check if the IDC sensor is dirty and
correct as necessary.
--- ---
4 Check the IDC Sensor connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
5 Check the PWB-M connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
6 Change the cable that connects IDC
Sensor and PWB-M.
7 Change IDC Sensor. (p.210)
8 Change Photoconductor Unit. (p.162)
9 Change PH Unit. (p.175) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
PH Unit (displacement)
Transfer Belt Unit
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Execute the correction of skew.
(p.315)
--- ---
2 Check if Transfer Belt has damages
and correct as necessary.
--- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 127
Confidential
E701: MP TRAY RISE DESCENT ERROR E702: STANDARD CASSETTE ELEVATOR FAILURE
E703: OPTIONAL CASSETTE1 ELEVATOR FAILURE
E704: OPTIONAL CASSETTE2 ELEVATOR FAILURE
Relevant Electrical Parts
MP tray Lift-up Sensor (PC14)
Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC)
Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the M2-PC connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the connector of M2-PC for
proper drive coupling and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
3 PC14 I/O check, Sensor check PWB-M CNTRY1-10 (ON) C-10
4 M2-PC operation check PWB-Z PJ 5Z PC-5~8 Q-22
5 Change PWB-Z-PC. (p.279) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Lift-up Sensor (PC7-PC)
Lift-up Sensor (PC7-PC)
Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the M3-PC connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the connector of M3-PC for
proper drive coupling and correct
as necessary.
--- ---
3 PC7-PC I/O check, Sensor check PWB-Z PJ 6Z PC-3 (ON)
PWB-Z PJ 4Z PC-4 to 5
V-21 to 22
4 M3-PC operation check Q-24
5 Change PWB-Z-PC. (p.279) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 128
Confidential
E900: FLASH ROM WRITE ERROR
E901: RTC FAILURE
E998: ENGINE COMMUNICATION ERROR
Relevant Electrical Parts
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Change PWB-M. (p.198) --- ---
2 Contact the service support section
counter since the error is beyond
restoration in the field.
--- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
RTC Board (PWB-R) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the connector for proper
connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Change PWB-R (p.198) --- ---
3 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
Relevant Electrical Parts
Controller Board (PWB-P) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Connection Diagram
Control Signal
Location
(electrical parts)
1 Check the PWB-P connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
--- ---
2 Check the PWB-M connector for
proper connection and correct as
necessary.
3 Change PWB-P (p.198) --- ---
4 Change PWB-M (p.198) --- ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 129
Confidential
3.3.3 Controller Related Error
When a controller related error occurs, make sure to check the initial check items listed
below first. If the error still occurs after that, replace the part given on an error basis in
the Failed Parts List to perform troubleshooting.
Initial Check
Power the printer off and on several times.
Check that the printer is grounded properly.
Check that the connectors are connected to the controller board
securely and correctly.
Check that the DIMM is connected to the controller board securely and
correctly.
Check that the printer is not in electrically noisy environments.
When powering the printer off and on again, do not turn it
on immediately after turning it off. Make sure to wait at
least for a few seconds before the power-on.
Table 3-18. Failed Parts List
Sort Error Code Description
Error-causing hard ware (or factor)
Controller
Board
Code DIMM
Std. RAM
DIMM
Opt. RAM
DIMM
Video I/F
Cable
Mechanical
Control
Board
Noise, etc.
C 0000-0799 CPU error
C 0800 IPL error (controller defect)
C 0998 Engine communication error (only when power-on)
C 0999 Flash ROM has no program data
C 1000 Standard RAM error (not installed, etc.)
C 1001 Standard RAM error (standard stack is undefined, etc.)
C 1002 Standard RAM error (standard size is undefined, etc.)
C 1003 Optional RAM error
C 1010 Verification error
C 1020 RAM error (slot 0)
C 1021 RAM error (slot 1)
C 1100 ROM checksum error (font)
C 1101 ROM checksum error (font)
C 1110 ROM checksum error (font)
C 1111 ROM checksum error (font)
C 1120 ROM checksum error (program)
C 1121 ROM checksum error (program)
C 1122 ROM checksum error (program)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 130
Confidential
C 1123 ROM checksum error (program)
C 1200 EEPROM writing error
C 1210 EEPROM writing times limit
C 1300 RTC error
C 1400 Engine initialization error
C 1500 CCNV hardware error
C 1550 Initialization hardware error for SRAM for compression
C 1600 Video series hardware error
C 1610 Video series hardware error
C 1700 Loopback test of network board
C 1702 Network board uninstalled
C 1710 Token Ring hard ware error
C 1800 SPD of DIMM error
C 1999 Other hardware errors
C 2000 Software error
Table 3-18. Failed Parts List
Sort Error Code Description
Error-causing hard ware (or factor)
Controller
Board
Code DIMM
Std. RAM
DIMM
Opt. RAM
DIMM
Video I/F
Cable
Mechanical
Control
Board
Noise, etc.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 131
Confidential
3.3.4 Other Errors
Details for troubleshooting on error message Photocon Trouble uuuu.
Cause
Adhesion toner on transfer belt is outside a proper range while image stabilizing control
Abnormal access between Photoconductor unit IC chip and Printer
Error-causing Part
High voltage contact point between Photoconductor unit and High Voltage Unit
Photoconductor unit
PH unit
Transfer belt unit
Waste toner pipe
Waste toner box
High voltage unit
Mechanical Control Board
Troubleshooting
Table 3-19. Troubleshooting
Step Remedy and Check Point Yes No
1
Check the connection status of cable and connector.
Photoconductor unit - High voltage unit
Photoconductor unit - Mechanical Control Board - Controller Board
Correct connection Go to Step2
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 132
Confidential
2
Check the connection status and stain on high voltage point between Photoconductor unit and High voltage unit.
Figure 3-1. High voltage point on Photoconductor unit
Figure 3-2. High voltage point on High voltage unit
Reset Photoconductor unit.
Correct connection
status
Clean high voltage
point
Go to Step 3
3 Check the installation status of PH unit. Correct installation Go to Step 4
4 Check the operation of Photoconductor unit.
Exchange
Photoconductor unit
Go to Step 5
Table 3-19. Troubleshooting
Step Remedy and Check Point Yes No
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Service Call Error 133
Confidential
5
1. "Photocon Trouble uuuu" - single color appear
Exchange abnormal color PH unit for normal color PH unit. If it is caused by PH unit, Exchange PH unit.
2. "Photocon Trouble uuuu" - several color appear
1. Exchange Transfer belt unit
2. Check the inside of a waste toner pipe. If the toner pipe is blocked by waste toner, break blocked toner into fragments. And clean toner
pipe inside.
3. When waste toner is much in waste toner box, inform user to exchange waste toner box.
<Supplementary explanation>
When the waste toner is blocked in the cleaner of Transfer belt unit and the
waste toner pipe, it is not possible to exhaust it normally. The pattern for the
image stabilization control can't be normally drawn on the transfer belt. As a
result, "Photocon Trouble uuuu" is appeared. One case with waste toner
blocking. Though the message of the exchange of waste toner box was
displayed, user kept using waste toner box with shaking. As the result, the
waste toner was not able to be exhausted normally.
See left column Go to Step 6
6
Exchange the following parts when not repairing to step 5.
1. High voltage unit
2. Mechanical Control Board
Exchange board End
Table 3-19. Troubleshooting
Step Remedy and Check Point Yes No
Figure 3-3. Waste toner blocked in the cleaner of
Transfer belt
Figure 3-4. Waste toner pipe position Figure 3-4. Blocked waste toner in Waste toner pipe
Fixed screw
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Power supply trouble 134
Confidential
3.4 Power supply trouble
3.4.1 Machine is not energized at all (PU1 operation
check)
3.4.2 Control panel indicators do not light
Relevant Electrical Parts
Lift-up Sensor (PC7-PC)
Lift-up Motor (M3-PC)
Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
Step Check Item
Location
(electrical
parts)
Result Action
1
Is a power voltage supplied across
CN1PU1-1 and 2 on PU1?
S to T-2 NO
Check the WIRING
from the wall outlet to
S1 CN1PU1.
2 Are the fuses on PU1 conducting? --- NO Change PU1. (p.193)
3
Is DC3.3 V being output from
CN6PU1-1 on PU1?
R-4 NO Change PU1. (p.193)
4
Is "Low" being output from
CN7PU1-2 on PU1?
R-5 NO
Check the WIRING
from the PWB-P to
PWB-M to CN7PU1.
5
Is DC24 V being output from
CN5PU1-2 on PU1?
R-6 NO Change PU1. (p.193)
6
Is DC5 V being input to CN5PU1-3
on PU1?
R-4 NO Change PU1. (p.193)
7
Is DC5 V being input to CNPOW-2
on the Control Board? (LED on
PWB-M does not blink.)
I-6
NO Change PU1. (p.193)
YES
Change PWB-M.
(p.198)
Relevant Electrical Parts
Controller Board (PWB-P)
Control Panel (PWB-OP)
DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Check Item
Location
(electrical
parts)
Result Action
1
Is a power voltage being applied
across CN1PU1-1 and 2 on PU1?
S to T-2 NO
Check the WIRING
from the wall outlet to
S1 to CN1PU1.
2 Is the fuse on PU1 conducting? --- NO Change PU1. (p.193)
3
Is DC3.3 V being output from
CN6PU1-1 on PU1?
R-4 NO Change PU1. (p.193)
4
Is "Low" being output from
CN7PU1-2 on PU1?
R-5 NO
Check the WIRING
from the PWB-P to
PWB-M to CN7PU1.
5
Is DC5 V being output from
CN6PU1-2 on PU1?
R-4 NO Change PU1. (p.193)
6
Is J 22P on PWB-P securely
connected?
T-10 NO
Reconnect.
Check the WIRING
from the PWB-P to
PWB-M.
7
Is CN1 on PWB-OP securely
connected?
V to W-10
NO Reconnect.
YES
Change PWB-OP.
(p.193)
Change PWB-P. (p.198)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Power supply trouble 135
Confidential
3.4.3 Fusing Heaters do not operate 3.4.4 Power is not supplied to option
Optional Paper Cabinet Unit
Duplex Unit
Relevant Electrical Parts
Primary Interlock Switch (S2)
Fusing Unit
DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Check Item
Location
(electrical
parts)
Result Action
1
Is the power source voltage applied
across CN2PU1-1 to 2 on PU1?
During this time, the Right Door
should be closed.
S to T-2 NO
Check wiring from
power outlet to S1 to
CN1PU1.
2
Is the power source voltage applied
across CN30-1 and 3, or across 2
and 3?
U-6
YES Fusing Unit
NO Change PU1. (p.193)
Step Check Item
Location
(electrical
parts)
Result Action
1
Is DC24 V being applied to hookup
connector CN44-2?
O-21 NO
Malfunction in Feeder
Unit
2
Is DC24 V being output from
CNCST-2 on PWB-M?
I-21 NO
Check wiring from
PWB-M to CN44 to
Feeder Unit.
3
Is DC24 V being output from
CN5PU1-2 on PU1?
---
YES Change PU1. (p.193)
NO
Malfunction in Feeder
Unit
Step Check Item
Location
(electrical
parts)
Result Action
1
Is DC24 V being output from
CN19-2 on Duplex?
O-19 NO
Malfunction in Duplex
Unit
2
Is DC24 V being output from
CNCOP-2 on PWB-M?
I-19 NO
Check wiring from
PWB-M to CN19 to
Duplex Unit.
3
Is DC24 V being output from
CNCOP-3 on PWB-M?
---
YES Change PU1. (p.193)
NO
Malfunction in Duplex
Unit
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 136
Confidential
3.5 Image quality problem
When an image quality problem occurs, first go through the Initial Check Items and, if
the cause is yet to be identified, go to troubleshootings per image trouble.
3.5.1 Initial Check Items
Print a color image and determine whether the image problem occurs in monocolor or
4-color.
Figure 3-5. Initial Check Items
3.5.2 Image Trouble List
4039F4C505DA
4 Colors
Mono Color
Table 3-20. Image Trouble List
Sample Symptom Reference
<Monocolor>
white lines in sub scan direction
white bands in sub scan direction
colored lines in sub scan direction
colored bands in sub scan direction
p.139
<Monocolor>
white lines in main scan direction
white bands in main scan direction
colored lines in main scan direction
colored bands in main scan direction
p.139
<Monocolor>
uneven density in sub scan direction
p.140
4036fs4021c0
4036fs4022c0
4036fs4023c0
4036fs4024c0
4036fs4025c0
4036fs4026c0
4036fs4027c0
4036fs4028c0
4036fs4043c0
4036fs4044c0
4036fs4045c0
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 137
Confidential
<Monocolor>
uneven density in main scan direction
p.140
<Monocolor>
low image density (decrease of ID)
p.141
<Monocolor>
gradation reproduction failure
p.142
<Monocolor >
foggy background
p.142
<Monocolor>
void areas, white spots
p.143
<Monocolor>
colored spots
p.143
<Monocolor>
blurred image
p.144
Table 3-20. Image Trouble List
Sample Symptom Reference
4036fs4046c0 4036fs4047c0
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
4036fs4036c0
4036fs4048c0 4036fs4049c0
4036fs4030c0
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
4036fs4050c0 4036fs4051c0
AA
4036fs4052c0
4036fs4031c0
<Monocolor>
blank print, black print
p.144
<Monocolor>
uneven image
p.145
<4-Color>
white lines in sub scan direction
white bands in sub scan direction
colored lines in sub scan direction
colored bands in sub scan direction
p.146
<4-Color>
white lines in main scan direction
white bands in main scan direction
colored lines in main scan direction
colored bands in main scan direction
p.147
<4-Color>
uneven density in sub scan direction
p.148
Table 3-20. Image Trouble List
Sample Symptom Reference
4036fs4038c0 4036fs4039c0
4138fs4507c0
4036fs4021c0
4036fs4022c0
4036fs4023c0
4036fs4024c0
4036fs4025c0
4036fs4026c0
4036fs4027c0
4036fs4028c0
4036fs4043c0 4036fs4044c0
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 138
Confidential
<4-Color>
uneven density in main scan direction
p.148
<4-Color >
low image density (decrease of ID)
p.149
<4-Color >
poor color reproduction
p.150
<4-Color>
incorrect color image registration
p.151
<4-Color>
void areas, white spots
p.152
<4-Color>
colored spots
p.153
<4-Color>
poor fusing performance, offset
p.153
Table 3-20. Image Trouble List
Sample Symptom Reference
4036fs4046c0 4036fs4047c0
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
4036fs4036c0
4036fs4058c0
AA AA
4036fs4032c0
4036fs4050c0 4036fs4051c0
AA
4036fs4052c0
C F
4036fs4059c0
C F
C F
4036fs4060c0
<4-Color >
brush effect, blurred image
p.154
<4-Color>
back marking
p.154
<4-Color>
uneven image
p.155
---
<Monocolor>or <4-Color>
image troubles that appear at regular intervals
p.155
Table 3-20. Image Trouble List
Sample Symptom Reference
4036fs4061c0 4036fs4031c0
4036fs4062c0
AA
4036fs4063c0
4138fs4507c0
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 139
Confidential
3.5.3 Solution
<MONOCOLOR>
WHITE LINES IN SUB SCAN DIRECTION, WHITE BANDS IN SUB SCAN
DIRECTION, COLORED LINES COLORED BANDS IN SUB SCAN
DIRECTION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
<MONOCOLOR>
WHITE LINES IN MAIN SCAN DIRECTION, WHITE BANDS IN MAIN
SCAN DIRECTION, COLORED LINES IN MAIN SCAN DIRECTION,
COLORED BANDS IN MAIN SCAN DIRECTION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Photoconductor
Unit
The surface of the PC
Drum is scratched.
YES Change Photoconductor Unit.
2 Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
3 Contact terminals make
good connection between
each PU and machine.
NO Clean contact terminals.
4 Developing bias contact
terminal makes good
connection.
NO Clean contact terminal and
check terminal position.
5 PH Unit The surface of the PH
Window is dirty.
YES Clean with cleaning jig.
6 The problem has been
eliminated through the
checks of steps up to 5.
NO Change Photoconductor Unit.
Change Transfer Belt.
(p.162)
Change PH Unit. (p.175)
4036fs4021c0
4036fs4022c0
4036fs4023c0 4036fs4024c0
White lines in Sub
Scan Direction
White bands in Sub
Scan Direction
Colored lines in Sub
Scan Direction
Colored bands in
Sub Scan Direction
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Photoconductor
Unit
The surface of the PC
Drum is scratched.
YES Change Photoconductor Unit.
2 Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
3 Contact terminals make
good connection between
each PU and machine.
NO Clean contact terminals.
4 Developing bias contact
terminal makes good
connection.
NO Clean contact terminal and
check terminal position.
5 PH Unit The surface of the PH
Window is dirty.
YES Clean with cleaning jig.
6 The problem has been
eliminated through the
checks of steps up to 5.
NO Change Photoconductor Unit.
Change Transfer Belt.
(p.162)
Change PH Unit. (p.175)
4036fs4025c0
4036fs4027c0 4036fs4026c0 4036fs4028c0
White lines in Main
Scan Direction
White bands in Main
Scan Direction
Colored lines in Main
Scan Direction
Colored bands in
Main Scan
Direction
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 140
Confidential
<MONOCOLOR>
UNEVEN DENSITY IN SUB SCAN DIRECTION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
<MONOCOLOR>
UNEVEN DENSITY IN MAIN SCAN DIRECTION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 High image
density original
Uneven density in Sub Scan
Direction occurs at a pitch of
40 mm to 50 mm when a
multi-print cycle is run using
an original with high image
density (50% or more).
YES Feed 10 to 20 blank sheets of
paper with no originals placed,
as the PU fails to keep up with
a high demand for toner.
2 Photoconductor
Unit
The surface of the PC Drum is
scratched.
YES Change Photoconductor Unit.
(p.162)
3 Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
4 Developing bias contact
terminal makes good
connection.
YES Clean.
5 PH Unit The surface of the PH
Window is dirty.
NO Change PH Unit. (p.175)
6 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 5.
NO Change Photoconductor Unit.
Change PH Unit. (p.175)
Change Controller Board.
(p.198)
Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
4036fs4043c0 4036fs4044c0 4036fs4045c0
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Photoconductor
Unit
The surface of the PC Drum is
scratched.
YES Change Photoconductor Unit.
2 Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
3 PH Unit The surface of the PH
Window is dirty.
YES Clean with cleaning jig.
4 Transfer Belt
Unit
Transfer Belt makes positive
contact with plates on rails.
NO Check and correct contacts.
5 Cam gear operates properly. NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
6 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 5.
NO Change Photoconductor Unit.
Change PH Unit. (p.175)
Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
4036fs4046c0
4036fs4047c0
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 141
Confidential
<MONOCOLOR>
LOW IMAGE DENSITY (DECREASE OF ID)
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Photoconductor
Unit
Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
2 PH Unit The surface of the PH
Window is dirty.
YES Clean with cleaning jig.
3 TCR Sensor
window
The color TCR Sensor
window on the LED Assy is
dirty.
YES Clean.
4 Transfer Belt
Unit
Transfer Belt makes positive
contact with plates on rails.
NO Check and correct contacts.
5 Cam gear operates properly NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
6 Hopper Unit Connectors are loose. YES Reconnect.
7 Gear is cracked. YES Change gear.
8 Replenish
Toner
Execute the "Toner Admix" in
the Maintenance Menu to
charge toner.
NO Go to next step.
9 Adjust Density Change the setting value for
"Max Density" in the Printer
Adjust Menu.
NO Go to next step.
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
4036fs4036c0
10 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 9.
NO Change Photoconductor Unit.
Change Controller Board.
(p.198)
Change PH Unit. (p.175)
Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
Step Section Check Item Result Action
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 142
Confidential
<MONOCOLOR>
GRADATION REPRODUCTION FAILURE
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
<MONOCOLOR>
FOGGY BACKGROUND
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Photoconductor
Unit
Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
2 PH Unit The surface of the PH
Window is dirty.
YES Clean with cleaning jig.
3 TCR Sensor
window
TCR Sensor window is dirty. YES Clean.
4 Adjust Density Change the setting value for
"Max Density" in the Printer
Adjust Menu.
NO Go to next step.
5 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 5.
NO Change Photoconductor Unit.
Change Controller Board.
(p.198)
Change PH Unit. (p.175)
Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
4036fs4048c0 4036fs4049c0
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Photoconductor
Unit
Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
2 PH Unit The surface of the PH
Window is dirty.
YES Clean with cleaning jig.
3 TCR Sensor
window
The color TCR Sensor
window is dirty.
YES Clean.
4 Adjust Density Change the setting value for
"Max Density" in the Printer
Adjust Menu.
NO Go to next step.
5 Blur Margin Change the setting value for
"Blur Margin" in the Printer
Adjust Menu.
NO Go to next step.
6 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 5.
NO Change Photoconductor Unit.
Change Controller Board.
(p.198)
Change PH Unit. (p.175)
Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
4036fs4030c0
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 143
Confidential
<MONOCOLOR>
VOID AREAS, WHITE SPOTS
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
<MONOCOLOR>
COLORED SPOTS
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Image Check There are void areas at the
front side or high density
section.
YES Refer to p.141.
2 There is void area at the rear
side section.
YES Change the setting value of
"TR XXX" in the Printer
Adjust Menu.
3 Photoconducto
r Unit
The surface of the PC Drum is
scratched.
YES Change Photoconductor Unit.
4 Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
5 Toner
Cartridge
Foreign matter or caked toner
in the Toner Cartridge.
YES Remove foreign matter.
4036fs4050c0
4036fs4051c0
Void areas White spots
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Photoconductor
Unit
Developing bias contact
terminal makes good
connection.
NO Clean contact terminal and
check terminal position.
2 The surface of the PC Drum is
scratched.
YES Change Photoconductor Unit.
3 Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
AA
4036fs4052c0
Colored spots
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 144
Confidential
<MONOCOLOR>
BLURRED IMAGE
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
<MONOCOLOR>
BLANK PRINT, BLACK PRINT
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 PH Unit The surface of the PH
Window is dirty.
YES Clean with cleaning jig.
2 Photoconductor
Unit
Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
3 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 2.
NO Change Photoconductor Unit.
(p.162)
Change PH Unit. (p.175)
4036fs4031c0
Blurred image
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Image Check A blank print occurs. YES Check PH Unit connector for
proper connection.
2 Photoconductor
Unit
Coupling of PU drive
mechanism is installed
properly.
NO Check and correct drive
transmitting coupling. Change
PU.
3 The PC Drum Charge Corona
voltage contact or PC Drum
ground contact of the
Photoconductor Unit is
connected properly.
NO Check, clean, or correct the
contact.
4 High Voltage
Unit (Image
Transfer,
Neutralizing)
Connector is connected
properly.
NO Reconnect.
5 The problem has been
eliminated through the check
of step 4.
NO Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
Change Controller Board.
(p.198)
Change PH Unit. (p.175)
4036fs4038c0 4036fs4039c0
Blank print Black print
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 145
Confidential
<MONOCOLOR>
UNEVEN IMAGE
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Toner Cartridge The Toner Cartridge of every
color is surely installed.
NO Re-install it.
2 PH Unit PH Unit is surely installed. NO Re-install it.
3 Uneven pitch occurs in 3.0
mm pitch.
YES Replace PH Unit Stopper.
(p.175)
4 Toner Cartridge There is any stain or breakage
on the Drive section of the
Toner Cartridge.
YES Clean/replace the Toner
Cartridge.
5 Photoconductor
Unit
There is any stain, damage or
abrasion on the PC drum.
YES Change Photoconductor Unit.
(p.162)
6 2nd Transfer
Roller
There is any stain, damage,
deformation or abrasion on the
Transfer roller.
YES Replace the 2nd Transfer
Roller. (p.169)
7 Fusing Unit There is any stain, damage,
deformation or abrasion on the
Roller and Drive section of the
Fusing Unit.
YES Replace the Fusing unit.
(p.162)
8 The problem has been
eliminated through the check
of step 7.
NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
4138fs4507c0
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 146
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
WHITE LINES IN SUB SCAN DIRECTION, WHITE BANDS IN SUB SCAN
DIRECTION, COLORED LINES IN SUB SCAN DIRECTION, AND
COLORED BANDS IN SUB SCAN DIRECTION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Transfer Belt
Unit
Fingerprints, oil, or other
foreign matter is evident on
the Transfer Belt
YES Clean with specified solvent.
(Refer to Chapter 6 "
MAINTENANCE (p. 331)")
2 Transfer Belt is dirty or
scratched.
YES Clean dirty belt with a soft cloth.
Change Transfer Belt Unit that
has damages.
3 Cleaning Blade is not
effective in removing toner
completely.
YES Clean Cleaning blade.
Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
4 2nd Transfer
Roller
2nd Transfer Roller is dirty or
scratched.
YES Change 2nd Transfer Roller.
(p.169)
5 Paper path There is foreign matter on
paper path.
YES Remove foreign matter.
6 Image Transfer Paper Separator
Fingers are damaged or dirty.
YES Clean or change.
7 Fusing Unit Fusing Entrance Guide Plate
is dirty or damaged.
YES Clean.
Change Fusing Unit. (p.162)
8 Fusing Paper Separator
Fingers are dirty.
YES Clean.
4036fs4023c0 4036fs4024c0 4036fs4021c0
4036fs4022c0
White lines in Sub
Scan Direction
White bands in Sub
Scan Direction
Colored lines in Sub
Scan Direction
Colored bands in
Sub Scan Direction
9 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 8.
NO Change Controller Board.
(p.198)
Step Section Check Item Result Action
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 147
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
WHITE LINES IN MAIN SCAN DIRECTION, WHITE BANDS IN MAIN
SCAN DIRECTION, COLORED LINES IN MAIN SCAN DIRECTION, AND
COLORED BANDS IN MAIN SCAN DIRECTION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Transfer Belt
Unit
Fingerprints, oil, or other
foreign matter is evident on
the Transfer Belt.
YES Clean with specified solvent
(Refer to Chapter 6 "
MAINTENANCE (p. 331)")
2 Transfer Belt is dirty or
scratched.
YES Clean dirty belt with a soft
cloth.
Change Transfer Belt if belt is
damaged.
3 Cleaning Blade is not
effective in removing toner
completely.
YES Clean Cleaning Blade.
Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
4 2nd Transfer
Roller
2nd Transfer Roller is dirty or
scratched.
YES Change 2nd Transfer Roller.
(p.169)
5 Paper path There is foreign matter on
paper path.
YES Remove foreign matter.
6 Image Transfer Paper
Separator Fingers are
damaged or dirty.
YES Clean or change.
4036fs4025c0
4036fs4026c0
4036fs4027c0
4036fs4028c0
White lines in Main
Scan Direction
White bands in
Main Scan
Direction
Colored lines in Main
Scan Direction
Colored bands in
Main Scan
Direction
7 Fusing Unit Fusing Entrance Guide Plate
is dirty or damaged.
YES Clean.
Change Fusing Unit. (p.162)
8 Fusing Paper Separator
Fingers are dirty.
YES Clean.
9 Neutralizing
Brush
The resistance values between
the Neutralizing brush and the
ground terminal is not .
NO Check the contact. Modify.
Change Neutralizing brush.
10 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 9.
NO Change Controller Board.
(p.198)
Step Section Check Item Result Action
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 148
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
UNEVEN DENSITY IN SUB SCAN DIRECTION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
<4-COLOR>
UNEVEN DENSITY IN MAIN SCAN DIRECTION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Transfer Belt
Unit
Fingerprints, oil, or other
foreign matter is evident on
the Transfer Belt.
YES Clean with specified solvent.
(Refer to Chapter 6 "
MAINTENANCE (p. 331)")
2 Transfer Belt is dirty or
scratched.
YES Clean dirty belt with a soft
cloth.
Change Transfer Belt Unit that
has damages.
3 Terminal is dirty. YES Clean.
4 2nd Transfer
Roller
2nd Transfer Roller is
installed properly.
NO Reinstall.
5 2nd Transfer Roller is dirty or
scratched.
YES Change 2nd Transfer Roller
Unit. (p.169)
6 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 5.
NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
4036fs4043c0 4036fs4044c0
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Transfer Belt
Unit
Fingerprints, oil, or other
foreign matter is evident on
the Transfer Belt.
YES Clean with specified solvent.
(Refer to Chapter 6 "
MAINTENANCE (p. 331)")
2 Transfer Belt is dirty or
scratched.
YES Clean dirty belt with a soft
cloth.
Change Transfer Belt Unit that
has damages.
3 Terminal is dirty. YES Clean.
4 2nd Transfer
Roller
2nd Transfer Roller is
installed properly.
NO Reinstall.
5 2nd Transfer Roller is dirty or
scratched.
YES Change 2nd Transfer Roller.
(p.169)
6 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 5.
NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
4036fs4046c0
4036fs4047c0
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 149
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
LOW IMAGE DENSITY (DECREASE OF ID)
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Paper Paper is damp. YES Change paper to one just
unwrapped from its package.
Install Paper Dehumidifying
Heater.
2 Transfer Belt
Unit
Terminal is dirty. YES Clean.
3 2nd Transfer
Roller
2nd Transfer Roller is
installed properly.
NO Reinstall.
4 Charge Neutralizing Cloth is
not separated and ground
terminal is connected
properly.
NO Correct or change.
5 IDC Sensor Sensor is dirty. YES Clean with blower brush.
6 Replenish
Toner
Execute the "Toner Admix" in
the Maintenance Menu to
charge toner.
NO Go to next step.
7 Adjust Density Change the setting value for
"Max Density" in the Printer
Adjust Menu.
NO Go to next step.
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
4036fs4036c0
8 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 6.
NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
Change Controlzler Board.
(p.198)
Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
Step Section Check Item Result Action
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 150
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
POOR COLOR REPRODUCTION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Paper Paper is damp. YES Change paper to one just
unwrapped from its package.
Install Paper Dehumidifying
Heater.
2 Transfer Belt
Unit
Terminal is dirty. YES Clean.
3 2nd Transfer
Roller
2nd Transfer Roller is
installed properly.
NO Reinstall.
4 Charge Neutralizing Cloth is
not separated and ground
terminal is connected
properly.
NO Correct or change.
5 IDC Sensor Sensor is dirty. YES Clean with blower brush.
6 Adjust Density Change the setting value for
"Max Density" in the Printer
Adjust Menu.
NO Go to next step.
4036fs4058c0
7 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 6.
NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
Change Controller Board.
(p.198)
Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
Step Section Check Item Result Action
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 151
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
INCORRECT COLOR IMAGE REGISTRATION
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Machine
condition
Vibration is given to the
machine after main power
switch has been turned ON.
YES Turn off the Main Power
Switch and turn it on again
more than 10 seconds after.
2 Transfer Belt Fingerprints, oil, or other
foreign matter is evident on
the Image Transfer Belt.
YES Clean with specified solvent.
(Refer to Chapter 6 "
MAINTENANCE (p. 331)")
3 Transfer Belt is dirty or
scratched.
YES Clean dirty belt with a soft
cloth. Change Transfer Belt
Unit that has damages.
4 Drive coupling to the machine
is dirty.
YES Clean.
5 Photoconductor
Unit
The surface of the PC Drum is
scratched.
YES Change Photoconductor Unit.
(p.162)
6 2nd Transfer
Roller
2nd Transfer Roller is
installed properly.
NO Reinstall.
7 2nd Transfer Roller is dirty or
scratched.
YES Change 2nd Transfer Roller.
(p.169)
8 The problem has been
eliminated through the check
of steps up to 9.
NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
Change Controller Board.
(p.198)
AA AA
4036fs4032c0
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 152
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
VOID AREAS, WHITE SPOTS
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Image Check There are void areas at the front
side or high density section.
YES p.149
2 There are void areas in the
trailing edge.
YES Change the setting value of "TR
XXX" in the Printer Adjust
Menu.
3 Transfer Belt
Unit
Fingerprints, oil, or other
foreign matter is evident on
the Transfer Belt.
YES Clean with specified solvent
(Refer to Chapter 6 "
MAINTENANCE (p. 331)")
4 Transfer Belt is dirty or
scratched.
YES Clean dirty belt with a soft
cloth. Change Transfer Belt
Unit that has damages.
5 2nd Transfer
Roller
2nd Transfer Roller is dirty or
scratched.
YES Change 2md Transfer Roller.
(p.169)
6 Charge Neutralizing Cloth is
not separated and ground
terminal is connected
properly.
NO Correct or change.
7 Paper path There is foreign matter on
paper path.
Remove foreign matter.
8 Pre-Image Transfer Guide
Plate is damaged or dirty.
Clean or change.
4036fs4050c0
4036fs4051c0
Void area White spots
9 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 8.
NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
Step Section Check Item Result Action
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 153
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
COLORED SPOTS
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
<4-COLOR>
POOR FUSING PERFORMANCE, OFFSET
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Photoconductor
Unit
The surface of the PC Drum is
scratched.
YES Change Photoconductor Unit.
(p.162)
2 Transfer Belt
Unit
Fingerprints, oil, or other
foreign matter is evident on
the Transfer Belt.
YES Clean with specified solvent.
(Refer to Chapter 6 "
MAINTENANCE (p. 331)")
3 Transfer Belt is dirty or
scratched.
YES Clean dirty belt with a soft
cloth. Change Transfer Belt
Unit that has damages.
4 2nd Transfer
Roller
2nd Transfer Roller is dirty or
scratched.
YES Change 2nd Transfer Roller.
(p.169)
5 Paper path There is foreign matter on
paper path.
YES Remove foreign matter.
6 Fusing Unit Fusing Belt is dirty or
scratched.
YES Change Fusing Unit. (p.162)
7 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 6.
NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
AA
4036fs4052c0
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Paper Paper type does not match. YES Change the setting.
2 The problem has been
eliminated through the check
of step up to 1.
NO Change Fusing Unit. (p.162)
C F
C F
4036fs4060c0
C F
4036fs4059c0
Poor fusing
performance
Offset
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 154
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
BRUSH EFFECT, BLURRED IMAGE
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
<4-COLOR>
BACK MARKING
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Paper Paper is damp. YES Change paper to one just
unwrapped from its package.
Install Paper Dehumidifying
Heater.
2 Paper type does not match. YES Change the setting.
3 Fusing Unit Fusing Entrance Guide Plate
is dirty.
YES Clean.
4 Fusing Belt is dirty or
scratched.
YES Change Fusing Unit. (p.162)
4036fs4061c0 4036fs4031c0
Brush effect Blurred image
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 2nd Transfer
Roller
Image 2nd Transfer Roller is
scratched or dirty.
YES Change 2nd Transfer Roller.
(p.169)
2 Paper path There is foreign matter on
paper path.
YES Remove foreign matter.
3 Fusing Unit Fusing Entrance Guide Plate
is scratched or dirty.
YES Clean or change.
4 Lower Fusing Roller is
scratched or dirty.
YES Change Fusing Unit. (p.162)
5 Transfer Belt Fingerprints, oil, or other
foreign matter is evident on
the Transfer Belt.
YES Clean with specified solvent.
(Refer to Chapter 6 "
MAINTENANCE (p. 331)")
6 The problem has been
eliminated through the checks
of steps up to 5.
NO Change Transfer Belt Unit.
(p.162)
Change High Voltage Unit
(Image Transfer,
Neutralizing). (p.230)
4036fs4062c0
AA
4036fs4063c0
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
Troubleshooting Image quality problem 155
Confidential
<4-COLOR>
UNEVEN IMAGE
A. Typical Faulty Images
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
<MONOCOLOR> OR <4-COLOR>
IMAGE TROUBLES THAT APPEAR AT REGULAR INTERVALS
When an image trouble occurred at the certain pitch, some rollers at the printing
process or the paper conveying system in the engine have something wrong. Perform
efficient trouble shooting by checking the appropriate roller, based on circumferential
length (interval) for each roller listed in the following table.
Check as follows.
1. Check the pitch (interval) of image troubles
2. Refer to the following table to find out the appropriate roller.
3. Check if the roller has foreign matters or damages at the point that matches
with the image trouble point.
Step Section Check Item Result Action
1 Toner
Cartridge
The Toner Cartridge of every
color is surely installed.
NO Re-install it.
2 PH Unit PH Unit is surely installed. NO Re-install it.
3 Uneven pitch occurs in 3.0
mm pitch.
YES Replace PH Unit Stopper.
(p.175)
4 Toner
Cartridge
There is any stain or breakage
on the Drive section of the
Toner Cartridge.
YES Clean/replace the Toner
Cartridge.
5 Toner
Cartridge
There is any stain, damage or
abrasion on the PC drum.
YES Replace the Toner Cartridge.
(p.175)
6 2nd Transfer
Roller
There is any stain, damage,
deformation or abrasion on the
2nd Transfer Roller.
YES Replace the 2nd Transfer
Roller. (p.169)
7 Fusing Unit There is any stain, damage,
deformation or abrasion on the
Roller and Drive section of the
Fusing Unit.
YES Replace the Fusing unit.
(p.162)
8 The problem has been
eliminated through the check
of step 7.
NO Replace the Transfer Belt.
(p.162)
4138fs4507c0
Circumferential Length Roller Unit to be Replaced
94.20mm PC Drum Photoconductor Unit
50.24mm Developing Roller
62.61mm 2nd Transfer Roller 2nd Transfer Roller
125.60mm Heating Roller Fusing Unit
116.18mm Pressure Roller
(751 0.7mm) Transfer Belt Transfer Belt Unit
Confidential
CHAP T E R
4
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Preliminary Check 157
Confidential
4.1 Preliminary Check
4.1.1 Tool List
The tools listed below are required for disassembling the printer.
4.1.2 Parts/Units that Should Not be Disassembled
Do not disassemble the following parts or units. Doing so can result in malfunction of
the printer.
Consumables / After Service Parts
Do not disassemble the consumables or parts/units that are supplied as After
Service Parts.
Example:
Toner Cartridge
Fusing Unit
PH Unit
Parts/Units that are not described in this manual
Do not disassemble any parts/units that are not described in this manual.
Especially, the main frame must be kept unchanged from its original state because
the frame position has been strictly adjusted at the factory. Never loosen or remove
the screws securing the frame.
Tool Name Code Usage Reference
Phillips screwdriver No.2 1080532
For disassembling all of
the parts/units
---
Long-nose pliers 1080564 Use as required ---
Tweezers 1080561 Use as required ---
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Preliminary Check 158
Confidential
4.1.3 How to Read this Chapter
PAGE CONFIGURATION
Opening page Main page
EPSON AcuLaser M2000D/M2000DN/M2010D/M2010DN Revision A
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 30
Confidential
1.3.4 Group 4
CONTENT
Table 1-7.
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Paper Feed Roller (Paper Cassette)
Paper Sensor
Separation Roller (Paper Cassette)
A
B
C
Paper Sensor
Paper Feed Roller (Paper Cassette) A
B
- Bottom of Main Unit -
SeparationRoller(PaperCassette) C
Part Name/Guide
Lists parts or units included in the Group.
Each of their disassembly procedure is given
with the alphabetic character shown in the
Guide column.
Location
Shows location of each
part.
EPSON AcuLaser M2000D/M2000DN/M2010D/M2010DN Revision A
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 32
Confidential
Paper Cassette
1. Remove the Paper Cassette.
A1 B1
C1
PaperCassette
Paper Feed Roller (Paper Cassette)
1. Push the lever and remove the Paper Feed Roller.
Match the Feed Shaft end with the oval hole on the Paper Feed Roller.
A2 B2
Shapeof theShaft Oval shape
FeedShaft
PaperFeedRoller
FeedShaft
FeedShaft
Paper Feed Roller
Lever
Procedure
Describes disassembly procedure.
Reassemble the parts or units by
reversing the disassembly procedure.
Part Name
Shows part to be
disassembled or operation to
be performed in the column.
Final Procedure
The pink Guide indicates that the
step is the final step of the
disassembly procedure.
Guide
Guide to indicate the
procedural steps.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Preliminary Check 159
Confidential
PROCEDURE
1. Find the part/unit you want to remove in the table.
2. Check the alphabetic character Guide in the Guide column for the target
part/ unit.
Example: When you want to remove the Separation Roller, its Guide is
C.
3. Go to main pages, find the columns that has the Guide character on the
upper left corner, and perform the procedure described in the columns in
numerical sequence.
Example: To disassemble the Separation Roller, find columns with C
on their upper left corner, and follow the procedures in the
columns in numerical order.
1.3.4 Group 4
CONTENT
Table 1-7.
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Paper Feed Roller (Paper Cassette)
Paper Sensor
Separation Roller (Paper Cassette)
A
B
C
EPSON AcuLaser M2000D/M2000DN/M2010D/M2010DN Revision A
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 32
Confidential
Paper Cassette
1. Remove the Paper Cassette.
A1 B1
C1
PaperCassette
Paper Feed Roller (Paper Cassette)
1. Push the lever and remove the Paper Feed Roller.
Match the Feed Shaft end with the oval hole on the Paper Feed Roller.
A2 B2
Shapeof theShaft Oval shape
FeedShaft
PaperFeedRoller
FeedShaft
FeedShaft
Paper Feed Roller
Lever
EPSON AcuLaser M2000D/M2000DN/M2010D/M2010DN Revision A
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 33
Confidential
Paper Sensor
1. Put the printer upside down.
2. Pull the Feed Shaft out in the direction of the arrow.
3. Disengage the two hooks and remove the holder.
4. Remove the actuator from the holder.
5. Disengage the hook and remove the Paper Sensor.
6. Disconnect the connector from the Paper Sensor.
B3
Feed Shaft
Actuator
Connector
PaperSensor
Holder
Bottom
Hooks
Separation Roller (Paper Cassette)
1. Secure the Bottom Plate by pressing it down.
C2
Separation Roller
Bottom Plate
Front Face
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units 160
Confidential
4.2 List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units
Table 4-1. Main Unit
Section Parts/Unit Ref.
Consumables
Toner Cartridge (+Odor Filter) P. 175
Photoconductor Unit P. 162
Waste Toner Collector +Exhaust Filter P. 162
Periodic
replacement parts
Fusing Unit P. 162
Transfer Belt Unit P. 162
2nd Transfer Roller P. 169
Ozone Filter P. 169
Dust Filter P. 169
Maintenance Unit
Feed Roller (Standard Cassette) P. 169
Feed Roller (MP tray) P. 210
Separation Roller (Standard Cassette) P. 169
Separation Roller (MP tray) P. 210
Feed Roller (Optional Cassette Unit) P. 291
Separation Roller (Optional Cassette Unit) P. 291
Exterior parts
Rear Left Cover +Front Left Cover P. 193
Right Rear Cover +Rear Cover P. 221
MP tray Left Cover
+MP tray Right Cover
+Tray Extension
P. 210
Front Door P. 162
Right Door P. 260
Exit Tray P. 193
Upper Cover +Control Panel P. 193
Standard Paper Cassette P. 206
Front Cover P. 175
Board and etc.
Controller Board (PWB-P) P. 198
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) P. 198
RTC Board P. 198
DC Power Supply (PU1) P. 193
High Voltage Unit (HV1) P. 230
Standard Cassette Paper Size Board (PWB-I) P. 221
PH Interface Board (PWB-D) P. 175
Unit
Multi Bypass Unit P. 210
PH Unit P. 175
Transfer Drive Assy P. 230
Hopper Drive Assy P. 246
Fusing Drive Assy P. 230
Paper Width Detection Unit P. 206
Near Empty Assy P. 260
Motor
/Sensor
/Clutch
Color Developing Motor (M3) P. 226
Color PC Drum Motor (M2) P. 226
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7) P. 221
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6) P. 221
Main Motor (M1) P. 226
Fusing Drive Motor (M4) P. 221
IDC Sensor/1 (SE1) +IDC Sensor/2 (SE2) P. 210
Standard Cassette Paper Feed Clutch (CL2) P. 246
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Sensor
(PC6)
P. 246
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch (CL3) P. 230
Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8)
P. 300
Front Door Switch/2 (S4)
Front Door Switch/1 (S3)
Main Power Switch (S1)
Primary Interlock Switch (S2)
Right Door Switch (S5)
Developing Clutch (CL4)
P. 304
MP tray Lift-Up Sensor (PC14)
MP tray Registration Clutch Sensor (CL5)
MP tray Paper Empty Sensor (PC13)
Fan
Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M22)
P. 297
Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M12)
Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor (M14)
Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M8)
Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M11)
Table 4-1. Main Unit
Section Parts/Unit Ref.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY List of Disassembly/Reassembly Parts/Units 161
Confidential
Table 4-2. Optional Cassette Unit
Parts/Unit Ref.
Optional Cassette P. 275
Rear Right Cover +Rear Left Cover P. 275
Right Rear Cover P. 275
Control Board (PWB-Z-PC) P. 279
Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC) P. 279
Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC) P. 279
Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC) P. 286
Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC) P. 286
Vertical Transport Door P. 291
Separation Roller Installation Plate Assy P. 291
CD Paper Size Sensor/1 (PC4-PC)
P. 306
Set Sensor (PC2-PC)
CD Paper Size Sensor/2 (PC3-PC)
Paper Near-Empty Sensor (PC1-PC)
Door Set Sensor (PC5-PC)
Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC)
Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-PC)
Paper Empty Sensor (PC6-PC)
Lift-Up Sensor (PC7-PC)
Table 4-3. Duplex Unit
Parts/Unit Ref.
Duplex Unit P. 271
Duplex Unit Rear Cover P. 271
Switchback Motor (M1DU) P. 271
Duplex Unit Door Set Sensor (PCIDU)
P. 310
Duplex Unit Switchback Motor (M2DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 (PC2DU)
Duplex Control Board (PWB-A DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1DU)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 162
Confidential
4.3 Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly
4.3.1 Group 1
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Front Door
Transfer Belt Unit
Photoconductor Unit
Fusing Unit
Waste Toner Collector +Exhaust Filter
A
B
C
D
E
Front Cover A
Photoconductor Unit
C
Waste Toner Collector
EE
Exhaust Filter
E
Fusing Unit
D
Transfer Belt Unit
B
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 163
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
A1
B1
C1
D1
E1
Start
Front Door
(P. 164)
Photoconductor Unit
(P. 166)
Fusing Unit
(P. 166)
Transfer Belt Unit
(P. 164)
Waste Toner Collector
+ Exhaust Filter (P. 168)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 164
Confidential
Front Door
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Remove the Screw [1] each to remove the Right and Left Stoppers [2].
3. Pull out the Right and Left Pins [3] to remove the Front Door [4].
A1
[1]
[4]
[2]
4038F2C038DB
[3]
4038F2C039DA
Transfer Belt Unit
CHECK
POINT
The Transfer Belt Unit is included in "Transfer Kit" as a service part. Additionally, the
2nd Image Transfer Roller, Ozone filter, and Dust Filter are also included in "Transfer
Kit". Replace them at the same time. Refer to (Refer to Chapter 6
MAINTENANCE) (p331))
After the Transfer Belt Unit has been removed from the Main Unit for other purposes
than replacement, make sure to put it in the shipping plastic sheet whose color is
black, or wrap it in the light shielding cloth and store it in a dark place.
1. Open the Right Door.
2. Remove two Screws [1] and release the Lock of the Transfer Belt Unit [2].
B1
[1]
[2]
4039F2C005DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 165
Confidential
3. Hold the both sides and lift it to take out the Transfer Belt Unit [3] a little.
4. Hold the position [4] as shown in the figure above and remove the Transfer Belt [5].
When installing the Transfer Belt Unit, be careful of the following points.
Insert the Transfer Belt with care not to allow its docking gear to be damaged by
hitting it against the rail or associated part.
Do not touch the surface of the Transfer Belt.
[3]
4039F2C006DA
[4]
[5]
[4]
Insert the Transfer Belt Unit into the Main Unit completely and make sure the
Drive Gear of the Transfer Belt Unit matches with that of the Main Unit. And then,
secure them with Screws. If they are secured even though both Drive Gears have
not been matched, the Main Unit may be damaged when closing the cover.
Matched Not Matched
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 166
Confidential
Photoconductor Unit
Don't burn the Photoconductor Unit. Toner remnants may spatter and cause fire. And
It may result in burns.
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Push down the protrusion of the Photoconductor Unit to be replaced, and slowly pull it
toward.
C1
Fusing Unit
Before replacing the Fusing Unit, ensure that it has had time to cool down.
1. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch and unplug the power cord from the power outlet, then
wait for about 20 minutes.
2. Open the Front Door.
3. Remove two Claws [1], and remove the Exit Tray Connector protective cover [2].
4. Disconnect the Connector [3].
D1
4039F2C011DA
4039F2C010DA
[1]
[2]
[3]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 167
Confidential
5. Remove the Screw [4], and remove the Connector protective cover [5].
6. Disconnect two Connectors [6].
4039F2C012DA
[4]
[5]
4039F2C013DA
[6]
7. Open the Right Door.
8. Open the Fusing Unit Cover.
9. Remove two Screws [7], and remove the Fusing unit [8].
4039F2C014DA [7]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 168
Confidential
Waste Toner Collector + Exhaust Filter
Don't burn the used Waste Toner Collector. Toner may spatter and cause fire. And It
may result in burns.
CHECK
POINT
The Exhaust Filter is supplied with the Waste Toner Collector. Replace it when
replacing the Waste Toner Collector.
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Push the unlocking knob in the printer side. And then, pull out the Waste Toner Collector
which popped up from the printer.
E1
3. Remove the Exhaust Filter from the top face of the printer.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 169
Confidential
4.3.2 Group 2
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
2nd Transfer Unit
Ozone Filter
Dust Filter
Feed Roller (Standard Cassette)
Separation Roller (Standard Cassette)
A
B
C
D
E
2nd Transfer Unit
A
Feed Roller
D
Separation Roller
E
Ozone Filter
B
Dust Filter
C
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 170
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
A1
B1
C1
D1
E1
Start
2nd Transfer Unit
(P. 171)
Dust Filter
(P. 172)
Feed Roller (Std. Cassette)
(P. 172)
Ozone Filter
(P. 171)
Separation Roller (Std. Cassette)
(P. 173)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 171
Confidential
2nd Transfer Unit
CHECK
POINT
The 2nd transfer roller is included in the Transfer unit, and the 2nd transfer roller
should be replaced with other parts in the Transfer unit at the same time.
1. Open the Right Door.
2. Unlock the Lock levers [1] (at two palaces), remove the 2nd Transfer Roller [2].
A1
[1]
[2]
Ozone Filter
CHECK
POINT
The ozone filter is included in the Transfer unit, and the filter should be replaced with
other parts in the Transfer unit at the same time.
1. Holding onto the hook, remove the Ozon Filter [1].
B1
[1]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 172
Confidential
Dust Filter
CHECK
POINT
The dust filter is included in the Transfer unit, and the filter should be replaced with
other parts in the Transfer unit at the same time.
IF the Duplex unit is mounted, remove it.
1. Remove the Dust Filter [1].
C1
[1]
Feed Roller (Standard Cassette)
CHECK
POINT
The separation roller should be replaced, whenever the feed roller is replaced.

1. Slide out the standard paper cassette.
2. Lock the paper lifting plate [1] into position.
3. Snap off the C-clip [2] from the feed roller assy [3].
4. Remove the shaft for the feed roller assy [3] from the front bushing.
D1
[1]
[2]
[3]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 173
Confidential
5. Snap off the C-clip [4], one collar [5] and remove the Feed Roller [6].
ADJUSTMENT
REQUIRED
When installing the Feed Roller with a new one, make sure to reset the life counter.
(Refer to Chapter 5 ADJ USTMENT) (p313))
[4]
[5]
[6]
Separation Roller (Standard Cassette)
CHECK
POINT
The pickup roller should be replaced, whenever the separation roller is replaced.
1. Slide out the standard paper cassette.
2. Remove two Screws [1] and the Separation Roller ounting bracket assy [2].
E1
4038F2C002DB
[1]
[2]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 174
Confidential
3. Take off the rubber stopper [3], shaft [4], spring [5], and guide plate [6] to remove the
Separation Roller fixing bracket assy [7].
4. Snap off the E-ring [8] and the Separation Roller [9].
4038F2C003DB
4037F2C509DA
[6]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[5]
[9]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 175
Confidential
4.3.3 Group 3
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Toner Cartridge (+Odor Filter)
Front Cover
PH Interface Board (PWB-D)
PH Unit
A
B
C
D
Odor Filter
A A Toner Cartridge
Front Cover B
PH Interface Board
(PWB-D)
C
PH Unit
D
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 176
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
D2 B2 C2
D3 B3 C3
D4 B4 C4
D5 B5 C5
D6 B6 C6
D7 B7 C7
D8 B8 C8
B1 A1 C1 D1
C9 D9
C10 D10
Start
Toner Cartridge (+ Odor Filter)
(P. 177)
Waste Toner Collector
+ Exhaust Filter (P. 178)
Photoconductor Unit
(P. 178)
Rear Left Cover + Front Left Cover
(P. 179)
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
(P. 180)
Exit Tray
(P. 180)
Front Door
(P. 181)
Front Cover
(P. 182)
Transfer Belt Unit
(P. 184)
PH Interface Board (PWB-D)
(P. 185)
PH Unit
(P. 188)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 177
Confidential
Toner Cartridge (+ Odor Filter)
Don't burn the Toner Cartridge. Toner may spatter and cause fire. And It may
result in burns.
Don't touch the inside printer which is not specified while replacing. It may result
in burns or cause degrading of print quality.
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Push up the place indicated by arrow as shown in the figure above and slowly pull the Toner
Cartridge toward.
Place the pulled Toner Cartridge face down.
A1 B1
C1 D1
CHECK
POINT
Replace the Odor Filter when replacing black (K) Toner Cartridge.
3. Remove the Odor Filter from the left side of the printer.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 178
Confidential
Photoconductor Unit
Don't burn the Photoconductor Unit. Toner remnants may spatter and cause fire. And
It may result in burns.
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Push down the protrusion of the Photoconductor Unit to be replaced, and slowly pull it
toward.
B2
C2 D2
Waste Toner Collector + Exhaust Filter
Don't burn the used Waste Toner Collector. Toner may spatter and cause fire. And It
may result in burns.
CHECK
POINT
The Exhaust Filter is supplied with the Waste Toner Collector. Replace it when
replacing the Waste Toner Collector.
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Push the unlocking knob in the printer side. And then, pull out the Waste Toner Collector
which popped up from the printer.
B3
C3 D3
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 179
Confidential
3. Remove the Exhaust Filter from the top face of the printer.
Rear Left Cover + Front Left Cover
1. Remove two Screws [2], and remove the Rear Left Cover [3].
2. Open the Front Door [1].
3. Remove two Screws [4], and remove the Front Left Cover [5].
B4
C4 D4
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 180
Confidential
Rear Right Cover + Rear Cover
1. Open the Right Door [1].
2. Remove three Screws [2], and remove the Right Rear Cover [3].
3. Remove nine Screws [4], and remove the Rear Cover [5].
B5
C5 D5
[1]
[3] [2] [4]
[4]
[4]
[5]
Exit Tray
1. Open the Upper Fusing Cover [2].
2. Remove two Claws [3], and remove the Upper Fusing Cover [2].
B6
C6 D6
[2]
[3] [3]
4039F2C019DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 181
Confidential
3. Remove two Screws [5], and remove the Exit Sensor Holder [6].
4. Remove three Screws [7], and remove the Exit Tray [8].
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
Front Door
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Remove the Screw [1] each to remove the Right and Left Stoppers [2].
3. Pull out the Right and Left Pins [3] to remove the Front Door [4].
B7
C7 D7
[1]
[4]
[2]
4038F2C038DB
[3]
4038F2C039DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 182
Confidential
Front Cover
1. Remove the Screw [1], and remove the Connector protective cover [2].
2. Disconnect two Connectors [3].
B8
C8 D8
[3]
4038F2C052DA
[1]
[2]
4038F2C051DA
3. Release two Hooks [4] and remove the Guide [5] installed in the insertion slot of the Toner
Cartridge (K).
Don't use too much force when releasing the Hooks of the Guide because they break
easily.
[4]
[5]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 183
Confidential
4. Disconnect two Connectors [6].
5. Remove four Screws [7].
[7]
[7]
[6]
4038F2C053DA
6. Remove six Claws [8] and remove the Front Cover [9].
[8]
[8]
[9]
4038F2C055DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 184
Confidential
Transfer Belt Unit
CHECK
POINT
The Transfer Belt Unit is included in "Transfer Kit" as a service part. Additionally, the
2nd Image Transfer Roller, Ozone filter, and Dust Filter are also included in "Transfer
Kit". Replace them at the same time. Refer to (Refer to Chapter 6
MAINTENANCE) (p331))
After the Transfer Belt Unit has been removed from the Main Unit for other purposes
than replacement, make sure to put it in the shipping plastic sheet whose color is
black, or wrap it in the light shielding cloth and store it in a dark place.
1. Open the Right Door.
2. Remove two Screws [1] and release the Lock of the Transfer Belt Unit [2].
C9 D9
[1]
[2]
4039F2C005DA
3. Hold the both sides and lift it to take out the Transfer Belt Unit [3] a little.
4. Hold the position [4] as shown in the figure above and remove the Transfer Belt [5].
When installing the Transfer Belt Unit, be careful of the following points.
Insert the Transfer Belt with care not to allow its docking gear to be damaged by
hitting it against the rail or associated part.
Do not touch the surface of the Transfer Belt.
[3]
4039F2C006DA
[4]
[5]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 185
Confidential
Insert the Transfer Belt Unit into the Main Unit completely and make sure the
Drive Gear of the Transfer Belt Unit matches with that of the Main Unit. And then,
secure them with Screws. If they are secured even though both Drive Gears have
not been matched, the Main Unit may be damaged when closing the cover.
Matched Not Matched
PH Interface Board (PWB-D)
1. Pull out the Paper Cassette 1.
2. Remove two Screws [1], and remove the Front Right Cover [2].
C10
[1]
[2]
4038F2C097DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 186
Confidential
3. Remove seven Screws [3], and remove the Right Door Switch Assy [4].
4. Remove four Screws [5] and remove four Photoconductor Unit Contact Assy [6] of each
color.
[3]
[3]
[4]
4038F2C098DA
[5]
[6]
4038F2C099DA
When connecting the Connector to the Photoconductor Unit Contact Assy, check the
color of Connector and connect it to corresponding that of the Imaging Unit.
Y
M
C
K
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 187
Confidential
5. Remove eight Screws [7] and remove four Photoconductor Unit Roll Assy [8] of each color.
6. Remove all the Connectors and the Flat Cables on the PH Interface Board.
[7]
[8]
4038F2C100DA
7. Remove two Screws [9] and six tabs [10], and remove the PH Interface Board [11].
[9]
[9]
[11]
[10]
[10]
4038F2C102DB
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 188
Confidential
PH Unit
When replacing the PH Unit, replace four units at the same time.
Even when the single Unit needs to be replaced, replace four units.
1. Remove three Screws [1], three Connectors [2], and three Photoconductor Unit Guide rails
[3].
D10
[1]
[2] [3]
4038F2C106DA
When installing the Photoconductor Unit Guide rail, insert its end correctly to the
mounting hole in the Main Unit side.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 189
Confidential
2. Remove the Flat Cable [4] and the Connector [5] of the PH Unit (Black).
3. Remove the Claw [6] and remove the Gear [7] of the PH Unit (Black).
[7]
[6]
4038F2C108DB
[4]
[5]
4038F2C107DA
When removing the Stopper, use care so that both ends of the Stopper will not open
but stay parallel as shown in the figure above. Keep using the Stopper after once
stretched out may cause uneven pitch or other image troubles.
4. Remove the Stopper [8] of the PH Unit (Black).
[8]
4038F2C109DA


EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 190
Confidential
5. Remove the PH Unit (Black) according to the following procedure.
1. Move the front side of the PH Unit to left a little, and remove the Boss [9] from the locating
hole [10].
2. Lift up the front side of the PH Unit a little.
3. Remove the Boss [11] at the rear side of the PH Unit from the locating hole [12].
4. Remove the PH Unit [14].
6. Follow the same procedures to remove all PH Units.
CHECK
POINT
Since the back of the PH Unit is pushed to the right with the two Plate Springs [13],
remove it by tilting the backside of the PH Unit to the left as shown in the figure
above.
[14]
4037F2C111DB
[11]
[13]
[12]
4038F2C110DA
[9]
[10]
<Assembling procedure of the PH Unit>
1. Fit the back of the PH Unit [1] to the Plate Spring [2] of installation plate.
2. Push the PH Unit [3] along the right side line of PH Unit installation plate all the way and fit
it into the Plate Spring [4].
3. Make sure that the two Bosses [5] at front and rear side of the PH Unit fit in the locating
hole [6].
4037F2C113DB
[1]
[2]
4037F2C114DA
[3]
[5]
[6]
[5]
[6]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 191
Confidential
4. Reinstall the Stopper [7].
When reinstalling the Stopper, use care so that both ends of the Stopper will not open
but stay parallel as shown in the figure above.
Keep using the Stopper after once stretched out may cause uneven pitch or other
image troubles.


[7]
4038F2C115DA
5. Reinstall the Gear [8].
6. Connect the Connector and the Flat Cable.
When reinstalling the Gear [8], make sure that the Claw of the Gear is fit in.
When installing the Harness, make sure the Harness is hooked along with the
Harness guide referring to the figure above.
[8]
4038F2C116DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 192
Confidential
7. Install the Photoconductor Unit Guide Rail [9].
Make sure that the two Claws [10] at rear end of the rail are fit in the locating hole on
the Main Unit.
8. Reinstall the Transfer Belt Unit.
9. Reinstall the Front Door.
10.Make skew adjustment of the PH Unit.
ADJUSTMENT
REQUIRED
When installing the PH Unit, make sure to conduct PH Unit skew adjustment
regardless of whether the Unit is new or not. (Refer to Chapter 5 ADJ USTMENT)
(p313))
[9]
[10]
[9]
4038F2C117DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 193
Confidential
4.3.4 Group 4
CONTENT
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Rear Left Cover +Front Left Cover
Exit Tray
Upper Cover +Control Panel
DC Power Supply (PU1)
A
B
C
D
Rear Left Cover
Upper Cover +
Control Panel
C
Exit Tray
B
Front Left Cover
A
A
DC Power Supply (PU1)
D
C1
C2
D1
D2
B1 A1
B2
C3 D3 B3
C4 D4
D5
Rear Left Cover + Front Left Cover
(P. 194)
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
(P. 194)
Exit Tray
(P. 195)
Upper Cover + Control Panel
(P. 196)
DC Power Supply (PU1)
(P. 197)
Start
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 194
Confidential
Rear Left Cover + Front Left Cover
1. Remove two Screws [2], and remove the Rear Left Cover [3].
2. Open the Front Door [1].
3. Remove two Screws [4], and remove the Front Left Cover [5].
A1 B1
C1 D1
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
1. Open the Right Door [1].
2. Remove three Screws [2], and remove the Right Rear Cover [3].
3. Remove nine Screws [4], and remove the Rear Cover [5].
B2
C2 D2
[1]
[3] [2] [4]
[4]
[4]
[5]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 195
Confidential
Exit Tray
1. Open the Upper Fusing Cover [2].
2. Remove two Claws [3], and remove the Upper Fusing Cover [2].
B3
C3 D3
[2]
[3] [3]
4039F2C019DA
3. Remove two Screws [5], and remove the Exit Sensor Holder [6].
4. Remove three Screws [7], and remove the Exit Tray [8].
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 196
Confidential
Upper Cover + Control Panel
1. Remove four Screws [1].
C4 D4
[1]
[1]
2. Remove the Ground terminal [2].
3. Remove the Connector [3], then remove the Upper Cover [4].
4. Remove five Screws [5], then remove the Control Panel [6].
Be careful when removing the Ground terminal because the edge of the Faston
terminal is sharp. Make sure to work with gloves on to avoid getting injured.
[2] [3]
[5]
[5]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 197
Confidential
DC Power Supply (PU1)
1. Remove nine Screws [1] and the Connector [2], then remove the protective sheet of the DC
Power Supply [3].
D5
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3]
2. Remove all the Connectors on the DC Power Supply.
3. Remove eight Screws [4], and remove the DC Power Supply [5].
[5]
[4] [4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 198
Confidential
4.3.5 Group 5
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Controller Board (PWB-P)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
RTC Board (PWB-R)
A
B
C
RTC Board (PWB-R) C
B
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Controller Board (PWB-P)
A
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 199
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
B1 A1
C5
C1
B2
B3
B4
A2 C2
C3
C4
B5
Rear Left Cover + Front Left
Cover (P. 200)
Start
Controller Board (PWB-P)
(P. 200)
RTC Board (PWB-R)
(P. 205)
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
(P. 203)
Exit Tray
(P. 201)
Controller Board Mounting Bracket
(P. 202)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 200
Confidential
Rear Left Cover + Front Left Cover
1. Remove two Screws [2], and remove the Rear Left Cover [3].
2. Open the Front Door [1].
3. Remove two Screws [4], and remove the Front Left Cover [5].
A1 B1
C1
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Controller Board (PWB-P)
1. Remove six Screws [1].
A2 B2
C2
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 201
Confidential
2. Remove two Connectors [2], the Type-B Guide rail [3], and three Harnesses [4].
3. Remove nine Screws [5], and remove the Controller Board [6].
[2]
[3] [4]
[4] [5]
[5]
[5]
[6] [5]
Exit Tray
1. Open the Upper Fusing Cover [2].
2. Remove two Claws [3], and remove the Upper Fusing Cover [2].
B3
C3
[2]
[3] [3]
4039F2C019DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 202
Confidential
3. Remove two Screws [5], and remove the Exit Sensor Holder [6].
4. Remove three Screws [7], and remove the Exit Tray [8].
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
Controller Board Mounting Bracket
1. Remove three Wire Saddles [1], six Screws [6], and four Clamp Cores [3], then remove the
Flat Cable Cover.
B4
C4
[1]
[2]
[2]
[4]
[3]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 203
Confidential
2. Remove eleven Screws [5] and release the Edge Cover [6], and remove the Controller
Board Mounting Bracket [7].
[5]
[5]
[5]
[5] [7]
[6]
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
1. Remove all the Connectors and Flat Cables on the Mechanical Control Board.
2. Remove six Screws [8] and remove the Mechanical Control Board [9].
B5
[8]
[9]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 204
Confidential
When the Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) is replaced, relocate the Parameter
Chip (IC6).
Mount the Parameter Chip (IC6) of old Mechanical Control Board onto the new
Mechanical Control Board.
When the Parameter Chip (IC6) is mounted, precisely fit the directions of each
A.
When installing the Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) , secure the Harness to
the original location with the Wire Saddle.
When the Control Board is replaced, be sure to update the Firmware to the latest
version.
4037F2C061DB
4037F2C534DA
A
A
Parameter Chip (IC6)
Be careful when assembling since there are some Connectors which are not used
on the Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M).
Not Used
(CNSKF)
Not Used
(CNTM)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 205
Confidential
RTC Board (PWB-R)
1. Disconnect the Connector [1], and remove two Screws [2], and remove the RTC Board [3].
C5
[2]
[3]
[1]
4039F2C034DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 206
Confidential
4.3.6 Group 6
CONTENT
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Standard Paper Cassette
Paper Width Detection Unit
A
B
A
Standard Paper Cassette
Paper Width
Detection Unit
B
<Base of the Main Unit>
B1 A1
B2
B3
Standard Paper Cassette
(P. 207)
Start
Optional Cassette
(P. 208)
Paper Width Detection Unit
(P. 209)
*When the Optional Cassette is installed
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 207
Confidential
Standard Paper Cassette
1. Slide out the Standard Paper Cassette [1].
A1 B1
[1]
2. Slide out the Standard Paper Cassette with pressing the Slide Locks [2] at both ends.
[2]
[2]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 208
Confidential
Optional Cassette
1. Slide out the Optional Cassette [1].
B2
[1]
2. Remove the Screw [2] and remove the Stopper [3].
3. Remove the Optional Cassette with while pressing the Slide Lock [4].
[3]
[4]
[2]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 209
Confidential
Paper Width Detection Unit
1. Remove the Paper Width Detection Unit pushing it toward the Right Door, with pushing the
Knob [A] on the upper inside wall of the Tray toward the Right Door.
B3
[1] [A]
2. Remove two Connectors and release the Harness from the tab of the Paper Width Detection
Unit, then remove the Paper Width Detection Unit.
When the Paper Width Detection Unit has been removed, connect the Connector to
the Sensor before installing the Sensor to the Unit, And then install the Unit to the
Main Unit. This procedure make the work easier.
When installing the Paper Width Detection Unit, check four Claws of the Paper
Width Detection Unit so that they don't come off the Main Unit.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 210
Confidential
4.3.7 Group 7
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
MP tray Left Cover
+MP tray Right Cover
+Tray Extension
Multi Bypass Unit
IDC Sensor/1 (SE1) +IDC Sensor/2 (SE2)
Feed Roller (MP tray)
Separation Roller (MP tray)
A
B
C
D
E
MP tray Right Cover
A
Tray Extension
MP tray Left Cover A
Multi Bypass Unit
B
A
IDC Sensor/1 (SE1) IDC Sensor/2 (SE2)
C C
Feed Roller
D
E
Separation Roller
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 211
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
A1
C4
B1
D1 E1
D2 E2
C1
B2 C2
C3 D3 E3
MP tray Left Cover + MP tray Right
Cover + Tray Extension
Start
Multi Bypass Unit
(P. 212)
Transfer Belt Unit
(P. 215)
IDC Sensor/1 (SE1) +
IDC Sensor/2 (SE2)
(P. 212)
(P. 216)
Feed Roller (MP tray)
(P. 218)
Separation Roller (MP tray)
(P. 220)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 212
Confidential
MP tray Left Cover
+ MP tray Right Cover
+ Tray Extension
1. Remove the Claw [1] and remove the MP tray Left Cover [2].
2. Remove the Screw [3] and remove the MP tray Right Cover [4].
3. Remove the Tray Extension [5].
A1 B1
D1
C1
E1
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
4039F2C017DA
Multi Bypass Unit
1. Disconnect four Connectors [1].
CHECK
POINT
Black Connector in the Main Unit Side is not used.
B2
D2
C2
E2
[1]
[1]
4038F2C103DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 213
Confidential
2. Open the right door.
3. Disengage the boss of the guide [1] to free the guide [1].
4. Remove one Screw [2].
5. Remove four Screws [3] and remove the Multi Bypass Unit [4].
[2]
[1]
Boss
[3]
[3]
[4]
When assembling the Guide again after the Guide has been removed for some reason,
insert the Hinge to the position as shown in the figure above. Additionally, when
changing the position of the Hinge, once pull out the Hinge and install it again. If the
position is changed with the Hinge installed, D-shaped slot may be damaged under
load.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 214
Confidential
Insert the Guide with pushing it down to the Main Unit so that the Guide gets into the
lower side of the Main Unit Cover.
Guide
Insert the Multi Bypass Unit to the Main Unit after fitting the position of Dowels as
shown in the figure above.
4038F2C105DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 215
Confidential
Transfer Belt Unit
CHECK
POINT
The Transfer Belt Unit is included in "Transfer Kit" as a service part. Additionally, the
2nd Image Transfer Roller, Ozone filter, and Dust Filter are also included in "Transfer
Kit". Replace them at the same time. Refer to (Refer to Chapter 6
MAINTENANCE) (p331))
After the Transfer Belt Unit has been removed from the Main Unit for other purposes
than replacement, make sure to put it in the shipping plastic sheet whose color is
black, or wrap it in the light shielding cloth and store it in a dark place.
1. Open the Right Door.
2. Remove two Screws [1] and release the Lock of the Transfer Belt Unit [2].
C3
[1]
[2]
4039F2C005DA
3. Hold the both sides and lift it to take out the Transfer Belt Unit [3] a little.
4. Hold the position [4] as shown in the figure above and remove the Transfer Belt [5].
When installing the Transfer Belt Unit, be careful of the following points.
Insert the Transfer Belt with care not to allow its docking gear to be damaged by
hitting it against the rail or associated part.
Do not touch the surface of the Transfer Belt.
[3]
4039F2C006DA
[4]
[5]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 216
Confidential
Insert the Transfer Belt Unit into the Main Unit completely and make sure the
Drive Gear of the Transfer Belt Unit matches with that of the Main Unit. And then,
secure them with Screws. If they are secured even though both Drive Gears have
not been matched, the Main Unit may be damaged when closing the cover.
Matched Not Matched
IDC Sensor/1 (SE1) + IDC Sensor/2 (SE2)
1. Remove the Screw [1], and remove the Plate Spring [2].
C4
[1]
[2]
4038F2C169DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 217
Confidential
2. Remove the Shoulder Screw [3] and the Screw [4].
3. Remove the Vertical Transport Assy [5] as shown in the figure above.
Since multiple Connectors [6] are connected to the backside of the Vertical Transport
Assy, do not pull it by force.
4. Remove two Connectors [6] of the backside of the Vertical Transport Assy.
[6]
[5]
[3] [4]
5. Remove two Claws [7] of both sides, and remove the Sensor cover [8].
Use care not to miss the spring [9].
6. Remove two Screws [10] and the Connector [11], and then remove the IDC sensor/1 (front
side) [12].
[10]
[11]
[12]
[7]
[8]
[9]
4038F2C171DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 218
Confidential
7. Repeat the steps from 5 to 6 and remove the IDC sensor/2 (rear side) [13].
[13]
4038F2C173DA
Feed Roller (MP tray)
CHECK
POINT
The separation roller should be replaced, whenever the feed roller is replaced.
1. Snap of the E-ring [1], and remove paper feed clutch [2].
2. Remove the Gear [3].
D3
[3]
[1]
4038F2C004DA
4038F2C005DA
[2]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 219
Confidential
3. Snap off the E-ring [4] and remove the Bearing [5].
4. Snap off two C-ring [6], and remove the Bearing [7].
4038F2C006DB
[4]
[5]
[9]
[8]
4038F2C007DB
[7]
[6]
5. Remove the Feed Roller [8].
ADJUSTMENT
REQUIRED
When installing the Feed Roller with a new one, make sure to reset the life counter.
(Refer to Chapter 5 ADJ USTMENT) (p313))
4038F2C008DB
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 220
Confidential
Separation Roller (MP tray)
CHECK
POINT
The pickup roller should be replaced, whenever the separation roller is replaced.
1. Remove the Screw [1], and remove the Ground terminal [2].
2. Remove the Screw [3], and remove the separation roller assy [4].
E3
[1]
4038F2C009DA
4038F2C010DA
[3]
[2]
[4]
3. Snap off the C-clip [5], and remove the spring [6] and the guide plate [7]. Remove the
Separation Roller [8].
4038F2C502DA
[5]
[7]
[6]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 221
Confidential
4.3.8 Group 8
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Right Rear Cover +Rear Cover
Standard cassette Paper Size Board (PWB-I)
Fusing Drive Motor (M4)
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
A
B
C
D
E
Rear Cover A Right Rear Cover A
Standard cassette Paper Size Board (PWB-I)
B
Fusing Drive Motor (M4) C
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
D
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
E
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 222
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
C1 B1 A1
E1 D1
B2 C2 D2 E2
Start
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
(P. 223)
Standard cassette Paper Size
Board (PWB-I) (P. 223)
Fusing Drive Motor (M4)
(P. 224)
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
(P. 225)
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
(P. 225)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 223
Confidential
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
1. Open the Right Door [1].
2. Remove three Screws [2], and remove the Right Rear Cover [3].
3. Remove nine Screws [4], and remove the Rear Cover [5].
A1 B1
D1
C1
E1
[1]
[3] [2] [4]
[4]
[4]
[5]
Standard cassette Paper Size Board
(PWB-I)
1. Slide out the Paper Cassette 1.
2. Remove two Screws [1], the Connector [2] and remove the Standard cassette Paper Size
Board Assy (PWB-I) [3].
B2
[1]
[2] [3]
4038F2C088DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 224
Confidential
3. Remove the Lever [4].
4. Remove the Standard cassette Paper Size Board (PWB-I) [5].
Be cautious for working not to deform the Lever parts.
[4]
[5]
4038F2C516DA
Fusing Drive Motor (M4)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and two Screws [2], and remove the Fusing Drive Motor (M4)
[3].
C2
[1]
[2]
[3]
4039F2C518DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 225
Confidential
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and two Screws [2], and remove the Toner Supply Motor C/K
[3].
D2
[1]
[3]
[2]
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and two Screws [2], and remove the Toner Supply Motor Y/M
[3].
When driving the Screw [2], be cautious not to pinch the Harness.
E2
[2]
[1]
[3]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 226
Confidential
4.3.9 Group 9
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Color Developing Motor (M3)
Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
Main Motor (M1)
A
B
C
Color Developing
Motor (M3)
A
Main Motor (M1)
C
Color PC Drum Motor (M2) B
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 227
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
C1 B1 A1
A2 B2 C2
Start
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
(P. 228)
Color Developing Motor (M3)
(P. 228)
Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
(P. 229)
Main Motor (M1)
(P. 229)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 228
Confidential
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
1. Open the Right Door [1].
2. Remove three Screws [2], and remove the Right Rear Cover [3].
3. Remove nine Screws [4], and remove the Rear Cover [5].
A1 B1
C1
[1]
[3] [2] [4]
[4]
[4]
[5]
Color Developing Motor (M3)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and four Screws [2], and remove the Color Developing Motor
[3].
A2
[3]
[2]
[1]
4038F2C149DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 229
Confidential
Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and four Screws [2], and remove the Color PC Drum Motor [3].
B2
[1]
[2]
[3]
4038F2C150DA
Main Motor (M1)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and four Screws [2], and remove the Main Motor [3].
C2
[1]
[2]
[3]
4039F2C517DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 230
Confidential
4.3.10 Group 10
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
High Voltage Unit (HV1)
Transfer Drive Assy
Fusing Drive Assy
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch (CL3)
A
B
C
D
High Voltage Unit (HV1)
A
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction
Clutch (CL3)
D
Transfer Drive Assy
B
Fusing Drive Assy
C
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 231
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
D2 B2 C2
D3 B3 C3
B4
D4 B5 C4
D5 B6 C5
D6 C6
D7 C7
B1 A1
A2
C1 D1 C8 D8
C9 D9
C10 D10
D11
Start
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
(P. 232)
Color Developing Motor (M3)
(P. 234)
High Voltage Unit (HV1)
(P. 232)
Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
(P. 234)
Main Motor (M1)
(P. 235)
Transfer Drive Assy
(P. 235)
Fusing Unit
(P. 238)
Transfer Belt Unit
(P. 239)
Rear Left Cover + Front Left Cover
(P. 241)
Exit Tray
(P. 241)
Fusing Drive Assy
(P. 242)
1st Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Clutch (CL3)
(P. 242)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 232
Confidential
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
1. Open the Right Door [1].
2. Remove three Screws [2], and remove the Right Rear Cover [3].
3. Remove nine Screws [4], and remove the Rear Cover [5].
A1 B1
C1 D1
[1]
[3] [2] [4]
[4]
[4]
[5]
High Voltage Unit (HV1)
1. Disconnect four Connectors [1].
2. Remove five Screws [2] and the Tab [3], and remove the High Voltage Unit [4].
A2 B2
C2 D2
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 233
Confidential
Make sure following things when installing the High Voltage Unit (HV1).
Terminal end surely contacts (Refer to Figure 1).
Tab [5] surely set up (Refer to Figure 2).
Terminal end position
4038F2C087DA
Figure 1
Figure 2
Be cautious not to install the wrong Screw because two types of Screws [2] are
used.
M Mark: Screws for installing metallic parts (Space between thread is small).
P Mark: Screws for installing plastic parts (Space between thread is large).
P Mark
M Mark
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 234
Confidential
Color Developing Motor (M3)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and four Screws [2], and remove the Color Developing Motor
[3].
B3
C3 D3
[3]
[2]
[1]
4038F2C149DA
Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and four Screws [2], and remove the Color PC Drum Motor [3].
B4
[1]
[2]
[3]
4038F2C150DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 235
Confidential
Main Motor (M1)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and four Screws [2], and remove the Main Motor [3].
B5
C4 D4
[1]
[2]
[3]
4039F2C517DA
Transfer Drive Assy
1. Remove three Screws [1], and remove the Reinforcement plate [2] of the Right Door and
spring [3].
CHECK
POINT
Remove the spring with its tension loosened by declining right before the Left Door is
closed.
B6
C5 D6
[1]
[2]
[3]
4038F2C118DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 236
Confidential
2. Remove the Shoulder Screw [4].
3. Remove two Screws [5], and remove the Metal blanking plate [6].
[5]
[6]
[4]
4038F2C119DA
4. Remove two Screws [7] and remove the Rear Handle Assy Protect Cover [8].
5. Remove five Screws [9] and the Connector [10], and remove the Rear Handle Assy [11].
[9]
[9] [10]
[11]
[9]
4038F2C121DA
[7]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 237
Confidential
6. Remove two Harnesses [12] from four Wire Saddles [11].
[10]
[11]
[11]
[12]
[12]
4038F2C122DA
7. Remove eight Screws [13], and remove the Transport Drive Assy [14].
CHECK
POINT
Screws [13] secure the Transfer Drive Assy are shown by mark.
Never remove the Screws other than shown by mark.
[13]
[13] [14]
4038F2C123DA
CHECK
POINT
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 238
Confidential
Fusing Unit
Before replacing the Fusing Unit, ensure that it has had time to cool down.
1. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch and unplug the power cord from the power outlet, then
wait for about 20 minutes.
2. Open the Front Door.
3. Remove two Claws [1], and remove the Exit Tray Connector protective cover [2].
4. Disconnect the Connector [3].
C6 D6
4039F2C011DA
4039F2C010DA
[1]
[2]
[3]
5. Remove the Screw [4], and remove the Connector protective cover [5].
6. Disconnect two Connectors [6].
4039F2C012DA
[4]
[5]
4039F2C013DA
[6]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 239
Confidential
7. Open the Right Door.
8. Open the Fusing Unit Cover.
9. Remove two Screws [7], and remove the Fusing unit [8].
4039F2C014DA [7]
[8]
Transfer Belt Unit
CHECK
POINT
The Transfer Belt Unit is included in "Transfer Kit" as a service part. Additionally, the
2nd Image Transfer Roller, Ozone filter, and Dust Filter are also included in "Transfer
Kit". Replace them at the same time. Refer to (Refer to Chapter 6
MAINTENANCE) (p331))
After the Transfer Belt Unit has been removed from the Main Unit for other purposes
than replacement, make sure to put it in the shipping plastic sheet whose color is
black, or wrap it in the light shielding cloth and store it in a dark place.
1. Open the Right Door.
2. Remove two Screws [1] and release the Lock of the Transfer Belt Unit [2].
C7 D7
[1]
[2]
4039F2C005DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 240
Confidential
3. Hold the both sides and lift it to take out the Transfer Belt Unit [3] a little.
4. Hold the position [4] as shown in the figure above and remove the Transfer Belt [5].
When installing the Transfer Belt Unit, be careful of the following points.
Insert the Transfer Belt with care not to allow its docking gear to be damaged by
hitting it against the rail or associated part.
Do not touch the surface of the Transfer Belt.
[3]
4039F2C006DA
[4]
[5]
[4]
Insert the Transfer Belt Unit into the Main Unit completely and make sure the
Drive Gear of the Transfer Belt Unit matches with that of the Main Unit. And then,
secure them with Screws. If they are secured even though both Drive Gears have
not been matched, the Main Unit may be damaged when closing the cover.
Matched Not Matched
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 241
Confidential
Rear Left Cover + Front Left Cover
1. Remove two Screws [2], and remove the Rear Left Cover [3].
2. Open the Front Door [1].
3. Remove two Screws [4], and remove the Front Left Cover [5].
C8 D8
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Exit Tray
1. Open the Upper Fusing Cover [2].
2. Remove two Claws [3], and remove the Upper Fusing Cover [2].
C9 D9
[2]
[3] [3]
4039F2C019DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 242
Confidential
3. Remove two Screws [5], and remove the Exit Sensor Holder [6].
4. Remove three Screws [7], and remove the Exit Tray [8].
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
Fusing Drive Assy
1. Remove three Screws [1] fromrear side of the Main body and remove the Metal Blanking Plate [2].
C10 D10
[1]
[2]
[1]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 243
Confidential
2. Remove three Screws [3] from the rear side of the Main body.
3. Release the hook section of the Spring from the groove to the rear side from upper part of
Main Unit of the right rear side.
[3]
[4]
4. Remove the Fusing Drive Assy pushing upward [5] the connection part of the Transfer Belt
from the right Door side.
[5]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 244
Confidential
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch (CL3)
1. Remove two Screws [1] from the Fusing Drive Assy and remove the Fusing Drive Motor
[2].
2. Remove the E-ring [3].
D11
[3]
[2]
[1]
3. Remove two Screws [4], three E-rings [5] and remove Install Board [6].
[6] [5]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 245
Confidential
4. Remove the Gear [7] and then remove the Gear [8].
5. Remove the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch [10] with the Shaft [9].
[10] [9]
[7]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 246
Confidential
4.3.11 Group 11
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Hopper Drive Assy
Standard Cassette Paper Feed Clutch (CL2)
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Sensor
(PC6)
A
B
C
Hopper Drive Assy
A
Standard cassette Paper Feed Clutch (CL2)
B
1st Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Position Sensor (PC6)
C
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 247
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
A7
B1 A1 C1
B2 A2 C2
B3 A3 C3
B4 A4 C4
B5 A5 C5
B6 A6 C6
B7 C7
Start
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
(P. 248)
Color Developing Motor (M3)
(P. 250)
Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
(P. 250)
Main Motor (M1)
(P. 251)
High Voltage Unit (HV1)
(P. 248)
Transfer Drive Assy
(P. 251)
Hopper Drive Assy
(P. 254)
Standard Cassette Paper Feed
Clutch (CL2) (P. 256)
1st Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Position Sensor (PC6)
(P. 256)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 248
Confidential
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
1. Open the Right Door [1].
2. Remove three Screws [2], and remove the Right Rear Cover [3].
3. Remove nine Screws [4], and remove the Rear Cover [5].
A1 B1
C1
[1]
[3] [2] [4]
[4]
[4]
[5]
High Voltage Unit (HV1)
1. Disconnect four Connectors [1].
2. Remove five Screws [2] and the Tab [3], and remove the High Voltage Unit [4].
A2 B2
C2
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 249
Confidential
Make sure following things when installing the High Voltage Unit (HV1).
Terminal end surely contacts (Refer to Figure 1).
Tab [5] surely set up (Refer to Figure 2).
Terminal end position
4038F2C087DA
Figure 1
Figure 2
Be cautious not to install the wrong Screw because two types of Screws [2] are
used.
M Mark: Screws for installing metallic parts (Space between thread is small).
P Mark: Screws for installing plastic parts (Space between thread is large).
P Mark
M Mark
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 250
Confidential
Color Developing Motor (M3)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and four Screws [2], and remove the Color Developing Motor
[3].
A3 B3
C3
[3]
[2]
[1]
4038F2C149DA
Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and four Screws [2], and remove the Color PC Drum Motor [3].
A4 B4
C4
[1]
[2]
[3]
4038F2C150DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 251
Confidential
Main Motor (M1)
1. Remove the Connector [1] and four Screws [2], and remove the Main Motor [3].
A5 B5
C5
[1]
[2]
[3]
4039F2C517DA
Transfer Drive Assy
1. Remove three Screws [1], and remove the Reinforcement plate [2] of the Right Door and
spring [3].
CHECK
POINT
Remove the spring with its tension loosened by declining right before the Left Door is
closed.
A6 B6
C6
[1]
[2]
[3]
4038F2C118DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 252
Confidential
2. Remove the Shoulder Screw [4].
3. Remove two Screws [5], and remove the Metal blanking plate [6].
[5]
[6]
[4]
4038F2C119DA
4. Remove two Screws [7] and remove the Rear Handle Assy Protect Cover [8].
5. Remove five Screws [9] and the Connector [10], and remove the Rear Handle Assy [11].
[9]
[9] [10]
[11]
[9]
4038F2C121DA
[7]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 253
Confidential
6. Remove two Harnesses [12] from four Wire Saddles [11].
[10]
[11]
[11]
[12]
[12]
4038F2C122DA
7. Remove eight Screws [13], and remove the Transport Drive Assy [14].
CHECK
POINT
Screws [13] secure the Transfer Drive Assy are shown by mark.
Never remove the Screws other than shown by mark.
[13]
[13] [14]
4038F2C123DA
CHECK
POINT
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 254
Confidential
Hopper Drive Assy
1. Disconnect seven Connectors [1].
A7
[1]
[1]
4038F2C124DB
[1]
2. Remove the Harness from four Wire Saddles [2].
[2]
4038F2C125DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 255
Confidential
3. Remove the Connector from the Cooling Fan Motor [3] and 1st Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Position Sensor [4].
4. Remove two Screws [5] and remove the Cooling Fan Motor [3] and Duct [6]
simultaneously.
There is a possibility to install the wrong Connector because the Connector for the
Cooling Fan Motor has a same number of Pins as the Connector for the 1st Image
Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Sensor. Check the Connector condition before
removing and not to install the wrong Connector when assembling.
[5]
[6]
[4]
[3]
4038F2C126DA
5. Remove four Screws [7] and two Claws [8], and remove the Hopper Drive Assy [9].
[7]
[7]
[8]
[8]
[9]
4038F2C127DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 256
Confidential
Standard Cassette Paper Feed Clutch (CL2)
1. Remove the E-ring [1], three Screws [2] and remove the Standard Cassette Feed Clutch
Cover [3].
B7
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
2. Remove the E-ring[4] and three Screws [5] and then remove the Standard Cassette Feed Clutch
Cover [6].
3. Remove Upper conductive spring cover [9] by removing the screw [7] and Upper
conductive spring [8].
[7]
[9]
[8]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[5]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 257
Confidential
4. Remove the Conductive Spring Assy [11] by removing two Hooks [10].
CHECK
POINT
The upper Hook of Conductive Spring Assy is disabled downside with tweezers.
[11]
[10]
Before Releasing
After Releasing
[10]
[11]
CHECK
POINT
5. Remove three Screws [12] and two E-rings [13] and then remove the Drive Cover [14].
6. Remove the Feed Clutch [16] by removing the Connector [15].
[16] [15]
[14]
[12]
[12]
[13]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 258
Confidential
Be cautious following things when installing the Feed Clutch.
Let the Cable into the Notch.
Match the Rotation Stopper of the Clutch [17] with the Tab of the Main Unit [18]
surely.
[18]
[17]
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Sensor
(PC6)
1. Remove the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Sensor Unit [3] by removing
the Screw [1] and Connector [2].
C7
[3]
[1]
[2]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 259
Confidential
When removing the 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Sensor, if the
Torsion Coil Spring has come off, correctly install it referring to the Figure. After
installing the Torsion Coil Spring, check if the Actuator operates normally.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 260
Confidential
4.3.12 Group 12
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Right Door
Near Empty Assy
A
B
Right Door
A
Near Empty Assy
B
<Base of the Main Unit>
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 261
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
A4
B1 A1
B2 A2
B3
A3
B4
B5
Start
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
(P. 262)
High Voltage Unit (HV1)
(P. 262)
Front Door
(P. 264)
Right Door
(P. 264)
Standard cassette
(P. 267)
Optional Cassette
(P. 268)
Near Empty Assy
(P. 269)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 262
Confidential
Right Rear Cover + Rear Cover
1. Open the Right Door [1].
2. Remove three Screws [2], and remove the Right Rear Cover [3].
3. Remove nine Screws [4], and remove the Rear Cover [5].
A1 B1
[1]
[3] [2] [4]
[4]
[4]
[5]
High Voltage Unit (HV1)
1. Disconnect four Connectors [1].
2. Remove five Screws [2] and the Tab [3], and remove the High Voltage Unit [4].
A2 B2
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 263
Confidential
Make sure following things when installing the High Voltage Unit (HV1).
Terminal end surely contacts (Refer to Figure 1).
Tab [5] surely set up (Refer to Figure 2).
Terminal end position
4038F2C087DA
Figure 1
Figure 2
Be cautious not to install the wrong Screw because two types of Screws [2] are
used.
M Mark: Screws for installing metallic parts (Space between thread is small).
P Mark: Screws for installing plastic parts (Space between thread is large).
P Mark
M Mark
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 264
Confidential
Front Door
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Remove the Screw [1] each to remove the Right and Left Stoppers [2].
3. Pull out the Right and Left Pins [3] to remove the Front Door [4].
A3
[1]
[4]
[2]
4038F2C038DB
[3]
4038F2C039DA
Right Door
1. Open the Right Door.
2. Remove three Screws [1], and remove the Reinforcement plate [2] of the right door and
spring [3].
CHECK
POINT
Remove the Spring with its tension loosened by declining right before the Left Door is
closed.
A4
[1]
[2]
[3]
4039F2C510DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 265
Confidential
3. Remove the Shoulder Screw [4].
4. Remove two Screws [5], and remove the Metal blanking plate [6].
[5]
[6]
[4]
4039F2C511DA
5. Remove two Screws [7] and remove the Rear Handle Assy Protect Cover [8].
6. Remove five Screws [9] and the Connector [10], and remove the Rear Handle Assy [11].
[9]
[9] [10]
[11]
[9]
4039F2C513DA
[7]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 266
Confidential
7. Disconnect four Connectors [12].
8. Slide out the Paper Cassette 1.
[12] [12] [12]
[12]
4039F2C514DA
9. Remove two Screws [13], and remove the Front Right Cover [14].
[14] [13]
[13]
4039F2C515DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 267
Confidential
10.Remove the Screw [15], and remove the Shaft [16].
11.Remove the Right Door [17].
[15] [17]
[16]
4039F2C516DA
Paper Cassette 1
1. Slide out the Standard Paper Cassette [1].
B3
[1]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 268
Confidential
2. Slide out the Standard Paper Cassette with pressing the Slide Locks [2] at both ends.
[2]
[2]
Optional Cassette
1. Slide out the Optional Cassette [1].
B4
[1]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 269
Confidential
2. Remove the Screw [2] and remove the Stopper [3].
3. Remove the Optional Cassette with while pressing the Slide Lock [4].
[3]
[4]
[2]
Near Empty Assy
1. Pick up and remove the Actuator from the front side.
2. Remove the Screw [1] from the rear side.
B5
[1]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 270
Confidential
3. Put the Near Empty Assy [2] through the hole of the Flame bringing down the Near Empty
[2] Assy to the rear side from the front side.
[2]
4. Remove two Connectors and remove the Near Empty Assy.
When installing, insert the white Connector into the Connector of the front side [3]
and insert the blue Connector into the Connector of the rear side [4].
[3] [4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 271
Confidential
4.3.13 Group 13
CONTENT
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Duplex Unit
Duplex Unit Rear Cover
Switchback Motor (M1DU)
A
B
C
Duplex Unit A
Duplex Unit Rear Cover
B
Switchback Motor (M1DU)
C
C3
B1 C1
C2
A1
B2
Start
Duplex Unit
(P. 272)
Rear Cover
(P. 273)
Switchback Motor (M1DU)
(P. 273)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 272
Confidential
Duplex Unit
1. Release the tab [1], and remove the Connector Cover [2].
2. Disconnect the Connector [3].
A1 B1
C1
4066F2C501DA
[3]
4066F2C500DA
[1]
[2]
3. Open the Duplex Unit Door [4].
4. Remove two Shoulder screws [5], and remove the Duplex Unit [7] while disabling Hook
[6].
[6]
4066F2C502DA
[7]
[5]
[4]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 273
Confidential
Duplex Unit Rear Cover
1. Remove three Screws [1], remove the Rear Cover [2].
B2
C2
[1]
[1]
[2]
Switchback Motor (M1DU)
1. Remove six Screws [1], and remove the Metal blanking plate.
C3
[1]
[1]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 274
Confidential
2. Remove the Connector [2] and two Screws [3], and remove the Switchback Motor [4].
[2]
[4] [3]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 275
Confidential
4.3.14 Group 14
CONTENT
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Optional Cassette
Rear Right Cover
Rear Right Cover +Rear Left Cover
A
B
C
Optional Cassette
A
Rear Right
Cover
B
Rear Right Cover
C
Rear Left Cover
C
A1
B1
C1
Start
Optional Cassette
(P. 276)
Rear Right Cover
(P. 277)
Rear Right Cover + Rear Left Cover
(P. 277)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 276
Confidential
Optional Cassette
1. Slide out the Optional Cassette [1].
A1
[1]
2. Remove the Screw [2] and remove the Stopper [3].
3. Remove the Optional Cassette with while pressing the Slide Lock [4].
[3]
[4]
[2]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 277
Confidential
Right Rear Cover
1. Remove two Screws [1] and remove the Right Rear Cover [2].
B1
4039F2C050DA
[1]
[2]
Rear Right Cover + Rear Left Cover
1. Release two Tabs [1], remove the Connector Cover [2].
C1
[1]
[2]
[1]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 278
Confidential
2. Remove four Screws [3], and remove the Rear Right Cover [4].
3. Remove three Screws [5], and remove the Rear Left Cover [6].
[6]
[5]
[5]
[3]
[3]
[4]
4038F2C048DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 279
Confidential
4.3.15 Group 15
CONTENT
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC)
Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC)
A
B
C
Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC)
B
Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC)
C
A
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 280
Confidential
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
C1 B1 A1
A2 B2 C2
Start
Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
(P. 282)
Rear Right Cover + Rear Left Cover
(P. 281)
Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC)
(P. 283)
Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC)
(P. 285)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 281
Confidential
Rear Right Cover + Rear Left Cover
1. Release two Tabs [1], remove the Connector Cover [2].
A1 B1
C1
[1]
[2]
[1]
2. Remove four Screws [3], and remove the Rear Right Cover [4].
3. Remove three Screws [5], and remove the Rear Left Cover [6].
[6]
[5]
[5]
[3]
[3]
[4]
4038F2C048DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 282
Confidential
Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
1. Remove the Screw [1], and remove the Metal blanking plate [2].
2. Remove the Harness [4] from two Wire Saddles [3].
A2
[1]
[2]
4039F2C054DA
[3]
[4]
4039F2C055DA
3. Remove all the Connectors on the Control Board.
4. Remove four Screws [5], and remove the Control Board [6].
4039F2C056DA
[5]
[5]
[6]
4039F2C057DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 283
Confidential
Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC)
1. Remove the Screw [1], and remove the Metal blanking plate [2].
B2
[1]
[2]
4039F2C054DA
2. Remove the Harness [4] from the Edge cover [3].
3. Remove three Screws [5], and remove the Control Board Assy [6].
[5]
[6]
4067F2C512DA
[3]
[4]
4039F2C058DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 284
Confidential
4. Remove two Claws [7] and the Connector [8], and remove the Paper Size Board Assy [9].
[7]
[8] [9] 4067F2C513DA
5. Remove the Lever [10], and remove the Paper Size Board [11].
Be cautious for working not to deform the Lever parts.
4067F2C514DA
[10]
[11]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 285
Confidential
Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC)
1. Slide out the Optional Cassette.
2. Remove two Screws [1], and remove the Reinforcement plate [2].
C2
[1]
[2]
4038F2C165DA
3. Disconnect the Connector [3].
4. Remove three Screws [4], and remove the Lift-Up Motor [5].
[3]
[4]
[5]
4038F2C166DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 286
Confidential
4.3.16 Group 16
CONTENT
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)
Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC)
A
B
Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)
Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC) B
A
B1 A1
A2
B2
Start
Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)
(P. 288)
Rear Right Cover + Rear Left Cover
(P. 287)
Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC)
(P. 289)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 287
Confidential
Rear Right Cover + Rear Left Cover
1. Release two Tabs [1], remove the Connector Cover [2].
A1 B1
[1]
[2]
[1]
2. Remove four Screws [3], and remove the Rear Right Cover [4].
3. Remove three Screws [5], and remove the Rear Left Cover [6].
[6]
[5]
[5]
[3]
[3]
[4]
4038F2C048DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 288
Confidential
Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)
1. Slide out the Optional Casset.
2. Remove two Screws [1], and remove the Reinforcement plate [2].
A2
[1]
[2]
4038F2C165DA
3. Remove the Harness of the Motor Assy [4] from five Wire Saddles [3].
4. Disconnect two Connectors [5].
[3]
[4] [5]
4038F2C167DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 289
Confidential
5. Remove two Screws [6], and remove the Motor Assy [7].
6. Remove two Screws [8], and remove the Paper Feed Motor [9].
[6]
[7]
4038F2C168DA
[8]
[9]
Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC)
1. Slide out the Optional Cassette.
2. Remove two Screws [1], and remove the Reinforcement plate [2].
B2
[1]
[2]
4038F2C165DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 290
Confidential
3. Remove the Harness of the Motor Assy [4] from five Wire Saddles [3].
4. Disconnect two Connectors [5].
[3]
[4] [5]
4038F2C167DA
5. Remove two Screws [6], and remove the Motor Assy [7].
6. Remove two Screws [8], and remove the Vertical Transport Motor [9].
[6]
[7]
4038F2C168DA
[9]
[8]
4038F2C520DA
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 291
Confidential
4.3.17 Group 17
CONTENT
DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
Parts/Units to be Disassembled Guide
Vertical Transport Door
Separation Roller Installation Plate Assy
Feed Roller (Optional Cassette Unit)
Separation Roller (Optional Cassette Unit)
A
B
C
D
Vertical Transport Door A
Separation Roller Installation Plate Assy B
Feed Roller C
Separation Roller D
B1 A1
D1 C1
B2
D2 C2
C3
D3
D4
Start
Separation Roller Installation Plate Assy
(P. 292)
Vertical Transport Door
(P. 292)
Feed Roller (Opt. Cassette Unit)
(P. 294)
Right Rear Cover
(P. 294)
Separation Roller (Opt. Cassette Unit)
(P. 293)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 292
Confidential
Vertical Transport Door
1. Slide out the paper cassette.
2. Open the Vertical Transport Door.
3. Remove two Claws [1], and remove the Vertical Transport Door [2].
A1 B1
C1 D1
4039F2C048DA
[1]
[2]
Separation Roller Installation Plate Assy
1. Remove two Screws [1], and remove the jam processing cover [2].
Make sure the position of the polyester film when installing the jam processing cover.
B2
C2 D2
OK NG
[1]
[2]
[1]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 293
Confidential
2. Remove two Screws [3] and the Separation Roller Installation Plate Assy [4].
4038F2C013DA
[3]
[9]
[4]
Separation Roller (Optional Cassette Unit)
1. Remove two C-rings [1] and the shaft [2], and remove the separation roller fixing plate assy
[3].
Use care not to miss the spring [4].
2. Remove the C-ring [5] and guide [6], and remove the Separation Roller [7].
C3
4038F2C508DA
[3]
[2]
4038F2C559DA
[4]
[1]
[1]
[5]
[7]
[6]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 294
Confidential
Right Rear Cover
1. Remove two Screws [1] and remove the Right Rear Cover [2].
D3
4039F2C050DA
[1]
[2]
Feed Roller (Optional Paper Cassette)
CHECK
POINT
The separation roller should be replaced, whenever the pickup roller is replaced.
1. Disconnect the Connector [1].
2. Remove the Screw [2] and remove the Reinforcement plate [3].
D4
4067F2C501DA
4039F2C051DA
[1]
[3]
[2]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 295
Confidential
3. Remove four Screws [4] and remove the pickup roller assy [5].
4. Remove two Screws [6] and the installation flame [7] of the separation roller installation
plate assy.
4067F2C502DA
4067F2C503DA
[4]
[5]
[4]
[6]
[7]
[6]
5. Remove two Screws [8] and pickup roller cover 9].
6. Remove two C-rings [10] and two bushings [11], and remove the pickup roller assy [12].
7. Snap off the C-ring [13], and remove the Pickup Roller [14].
4067F2C504DA
[9]
4067F2C510DA
4067F2C511DA
[8]
[12]
[10]
[11]
[13]
[14]
[11]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Main Unit Disassembly/Reassembly 296
Confidential
8. Remove the C-ring [15] and bushing [16].
9. Remove the C-ring [18] and gear [19] while sliding out the shaft assy [17] in the direction
indicated in the figure above.
4067F2C505DA
[16]
[15]
[17]
[19]
[18]
10.Remove the C-ring [20] and bushing [21], and remove the shaft assy [22].
11.Remove two E-rings [23] and bushing [24], and remove the pickup roller fixing plate assy
[25].
12.Remove the C-ring [26] and Pickup Roller [27].
ADJUSTMENT
REQUIRED
When installing the Pickup Roller with a new one, make sure to reset the life counter.
(Refer to Chapter 5 ADJ USTMENT) (p313))
4067F2C507DA
[21]
[20]
[22]
4067F2C508DA
4067F2C509DA
[25]
[23]
[23]
[24]
[27]
[26]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 297
Confidential
4.4 Others
The specific disassembling and assembling procedures are not explained, and
only points in work are shown.
[1]COOLING FAN MOTOR/2 (M22)
[1] Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M22) p.297
[2] Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M12) p.298
[3] Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor (M14) p.298
[4] Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M8) p.298
[5] Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M11) p.299
4039F5C502DA
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M22)
Rear Top
Connector
Screw
Screw
Turn the side that the label
is attached on to the front.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 298
Confidential
[2]COOLING FAN MOTOR/1 (M12)
[3]OZONE VENTILATION FAN MOTOR (M14)
[4]POWER SUPPLY COOLING FAN MOTOR/1 (M8)
Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M12)
Rear Right
Connector
Screw
Turn the side that the label
is attached on to the front.
Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor (M14)
Rear Right
Connector
Screw
Turn the side that the label
is attached on to the front.
Left Side Right
Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M8)
Connector
Screw
Turn the side that the label
is attached on to the back.
Protective Sheet of DC Power Supply
(Refer to DC Power Supply (PU1) (p193))
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 299
Confidential
[5]FUSING COOLING FAN MOTOR/2 (M11)
Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M11)
Top Right
Connector
Screw
Turn the side that the label
is attached on to the back.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 300
Confidential
[1]WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR (PC8)
[1] Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8) p.300
[2] Front Door Switch/2 (S4) p.301
[3] Front Door Switch/1 (S3) p.301
[4] Main Power Switch (S1) p.302
[5] Primary Interlock Switch (S2) p.302
[6] Right Door Switch (S5) p.303
4039F5C503DA
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[6]
Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8)
Rear Right
Connector
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 301
Confidential
[2]FRONT DOOR SWITCH/2 (S4) [3]FRONT DOOR SWITCH/1 (S3)
When installing the Front Door Switch/2 (S4), refer to the following
figure and notice the color of the Connector.
Front Door Switch/2 (S4)
Front Left
Screw
Connector
Front Door
Switch/1 (S3)
Connector
Front Left
Screw
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 302
Confidential
[4]MAIN POWER SWITCH (S1)
[5]PRIMARY INTERLOCK SWITCH (S2)
Main Power
Switch (S1)
DC Power Supply
Hook
Hook
Front Left
Connector
Connector
Install the Switch in the following
direction.
Refer to the below figure, note the color
of the Connector and the color of the
Harness.
Hook Connector
Cover Connector
Right Door Switch Assy
(Refer to PH Interface
Board (PWB-D) (p175))
Refer to the below figure, note the color
of the Connector and the color of the
Harness.
Install the Switch in the following
direction.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 303
Confidential
[6]RIGHT DOOR SWITCH (S5)
Right Door Switch (S5)
Front Right
When installing the Right Door Switch, be careful the following
points.
Be careful not to insert the red and white connectors into the
incorrect place.
Be careful to hook the Actuator to the Spring properly.
Actuator
Connector
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 304
Confidential
[1]DEVELOPING CLUTCH/K (CL4)
[1] Developing Clutch/K (CL4) p.304
[2] MP tray Lift-Up Sensor (PC14) p.305
[3] MP tray Paper Feed Clutch (CL5) p.305
[4] MP tray Paper Empty Sensor (PC13) p.305
4039F5C505DA
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Developing Clutch/K (CL4)
Rear Left
Connector
Match the Rotation Stopper
of the Clutch with the tab of
the Main Unit.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 305
Confidential
[2]MP TRAY LIFT-UP SENSOR (PC14)
[3]MP TRAY PAPER FEED CLUTCH (CL5)
[4]MP TRAY PAPER EMPTY SENSOR (PC13)
Tray1 Lift-Up Sensor (PC14)
Multi Bypass Unit (Refer to
Multi Bypass Unit (p210))
Connector
E-ring
Tray1 Paper Feed Clutch (CL5)
Multi Bypass Unit (Refer to
Multi Bypass Unit (p210))
Tray1 Paper Empty Sensor (PC13)
Connector
Multi Bypass Unit (Refer to
Multi Bypass Unit (p210))
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 306
Confidential
[1]CD PAPER SIZE SENSOR/1 (PC4-PC)
[1] CD Paper Size Sensor/1 (PC4-PC) p.306
[2] Set Sensor (PC2-PC) p.307
[3] CD Paper Size Sensor/2 (PC3-PC) p.307
[4] Paper Near-Empty Sensor (PC1-PC) p.308
[5] Door Set Sensor (PC5-PC) p.309
[6] Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC) p.309
[7] Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-PC) p.309
[8] Paper Empty Sensor (PC6-PC) p.309
[9] Lift-Up Sensor (PC7-PC) p.309
4039F5C506DA
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[6]
CD Paper Size Sensor/1 (PC4-PC)
Rear Center
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 307
Confidential
[2]SET SENSOR (PC2-PC) [3]CD PAPER SIZE SENSOR/2 (PC3-PC)
Rear Center
Connector
Set Sensor (PC2-PC)
CD Paper Size Sensor/2 (PC3-PC)
Rear Center
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 308
Confidential
[4]PAPER NEAR-EMPTY SENSOR (PC1-PC)
Rear Center
Paper Near-Empty Sensor (PC1-PC)
Connector
Screw
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 309
Confidential
[5]DOOR SET SENSOR (PC5-PC)
[6]VERTICAL TRANSPORT SENSOR (PC8-PC)
[7]PAPER TAKE-UP SENSOR (PC9-PC)
[8]PAPER EMPTY SENSOR (PC6-PC)
[9]LIFT-UP SENSOR (PC7-PC)
Door Set Sensor (PC5-PC)
Connector
Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC)
Connector
Connector
Connector
Paper Empty Sensor (PC6-PC)
Lift-Up Sensor
(PC7-PC)
Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-PC)
Feed Roller Assy
(p.294 )
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 310
Confidential
[1]DUPLEX UNIT DOOR SET SENSOR (PCIDU)
[1] Duplex Unit Door Set Sensor (PCIDU) p.309
[2] Duplex Unit Switchback Motor (M2DU) p.311
[3] Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 (PC2DU) p.312
[4] Duplex Control Board (PWB-A DU) p.312
[5] Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1DU) p.312
4038F5C512DA
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Duplex Unit Door Set Sensor
Connector
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 311
Confidential
[2]DUPLEX UNIT TRANSPORT MOTOR (M2DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Motor
Connector Screw (+Nut) Screw (+Nut)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Others 312
Confidential
[3]DUPLEX UNIT TRANSPORT SENSOR 1 (PC1DU)
[4]DUPLEX CONTROL BOARD (PWB-A DU)
[5]DUPLEX UNIT TRANSPORT SENSOR 2 (PC2DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1
Duplex Control Board
Connector Connector Screw
Screw
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1
Confidential
CHAP T E R
5
ADJUSTMENT
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment Item 314
Confidential
5.1 Adjustment Item
The table below shows the adjustment item (including life counter clear) required when the specified part/unit is fixed or replaced.
Part/Unit Timing Item Adjustment Procedure Required Jig & Tool Reference
PH unit When assembling (Whether the
parts are new or old)
Skew Adjustment Adjust the gradient of the PH unit following
the values printed on the maintenance status
sheet.
None
Page 318
MP Tray Paper Guide Mechanism When assembling MP Tray Paper
Guide Mechanism
Mechanical Adjustment Position the specified part when assembling. None
Page 318
Main Board After replaced with a new one Writing of USB-ID Execute the item using the dedicated
program.
EPSON Page Printer Main
Board Initialization Tool
Page 318
Maintenance unit After replaced with a new one Reset Life Counter Execute using the Maintenance Menu. None Page 318
Feed roller (C2) After replaced with a new one Reset Life Counter Execute using the Maintenance Menu. None Page 318
Feed roller (C3) After replaced with a new one Reset Life Counter Execute using the Maintenance Menu. None Page 318
Feed roller (C4) After replaced with a new one Reset Life Counter Execute using the Maintenance Menu. None Page 318
--- If needed Controller Firmware Update Refer to the explaining page Page 318
---
If needed Engine Controller Firmware
Update
Refer to the explaining page
Page 318
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment 315
Confidential
5.2 Adjustment
5.2.1 Skew Adjustment
PURPOSE
Adjust the gradient of the PH unit of each color and prevent the image skew from
occurring.
PROCEDURE
1. After replacing or reinstalling the PH units, start the printer in the maintenance
mode.
2. The Calibration is executed automatically.
3. After finishing the Calibration, print the Maintenance Status Sheet and check the
each value of the Y/M/C by the Registration items which are at the bottom of the
sheet.
This value shows the adjusting the dial rotation step number to adjust the skew.
4. When the displayed value is out of the standard, open the front cover and adjust by
turning the Skew adjusting dial (screw) on only the displayed value.
Standard: 4
Adjusting direction: Positive value = Clockwise/Negative value =
Counterclockwise
5. Close the front cover and then the Calibration is executed automatically again.
6. After finishing the Calibration, print the Maintenance Status Sheet again and
check that Y/M/C value of the Registration is within the standard. (In case Y/M/
C value of the Registration is out of the standard, adjust again from the
procedure 4)
Figure 5-1. Skew Adjustment
Figure 5-2. Maintenance Status Sheet
CHECK
POINT
Skew Adjustment corrects the gradient of the PH unit Y, M,
C based on the PH unit K. Correction for the PH unit K as a
standard is not required.
4038F3C006DB
Registration
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment 316
Confidential
5.2.2 MP Tray Mechanical Adjustment
PURPOSE
Adjust the mounting location of the MP tray to operate the MP tray properly.
PROCEDURE
1. Install the gear so that the protrusion of the gear [1] and the mark [3] on the rack
gear [2] are aligned in a straight line.
2. Place the MP tray to match the on the surface of the MP tray Unit with the
center of the scale.
3. After installing the base plate, check whether Paper Guide operates smoothly.
Figure 5-3. MP Tray Mechanical Adjustment
4O88l8O612D A
[2]
[2]
4O88l8OOO8D A
[1]
[3]
[3]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment 317
Confidential
5.2.3 Reset Life Counter
PURPOSE
Whenever the parts (units) which record the life counter (consumption) in the printer
are replaced with new one, the life counter of corresponding the parts must be reset (set
to "0").
PROCEDURE
1. Assemble the printer completely.
2. Turn the printer on to keep on pressing [Left], [Up], [Down] and [Right].
3. After the printer has been activated and MAINTENANCE MODE is displayed
on the LCD panel, release the buttons which are being pressed.
4. Press [Up] or [Down] a few times to select Maintenance Menu and press [OK].
5. Press [Up] or [Down] a few times to select Reset xxxxx Counter and press [OK]
to reset the life counter.
Table 5-1. Reset Life Counter List
Unit Menu Name
Maintenance unit Reset Maint Counter
Feed Roller (C2) Reset LC2 Counter
Feed Roller (C3) Reset LC3 Counter
Feed Roller (C4) Reset LC4 Counter
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment 318
Confidential
5.2.4 Writing USB ID
PURPOSE
This printer includes USB interface as standard. A unique USB ID has been assigned to
each printer to be identified by a host PC connected via the USB interface. The USB ID
information is stored on the nonvolatile memory on the Main Board. Therefore,
whenever the Main Board is replaced, the ID must be written to the new board. As for
this product, the model ID information is stored, it must also be written to the board.
REQUIRED TOOL
The program to be used for writing the USB-ID and the required operating
environment are as follows.
Program name
EPSON Page Printer Main Board Initialization Tool
Operating environment
SO
Windows95/OSR2.0 or later, Windows98, Windows Me, Windows
2000, Windows UP
Interface to be used
USB
INSTALLING THE PROGRAM & BASIC OPERATION
1. Copy a set of files of Main Board initial setting tool to a folder created on the
PC.
2. Double click on the program icon [ ] to start up the program, and select the
model name in the [Model Selection].
3. In the [Port Selection], select the port connected to the printer.
Figure 5-4. Basic Operation
CHECK
POINT
The set of files of Main Board initial setting tool must be stored in
one folder.
CHECK
POINT
The Auto selection allows you to search printers connected to the
PC, and establish a connection with the first detected printer. When
multiple printers are connected, however, specify the port name
rather than using the Auto selection since a printer detected by
the auto detection varies according to the communication status.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment 319
Confidential
WRITING METHOD
USB ID
The method of writing USB ID differs according to the condition of the main board. Referring to the following table, figure out what to do depending on the
condition. For the operational procedure, follow the instructions shown by the program.
Store optional ID Store auto-generated NEW ID OLD ID Retrieval/Restore
CONFIRMING THE WRITTEN ID
When writing USB ID is finished, print a status sheet to confirm that the serial number printed on the sheet is identical to that on the label attached to the printer. (Refer to 7.5.1
Configuration Status Sheet on page 352)
Table 5-2. Writing Method
Condition of Main Board Check of the previous ID
Writing method
(button name)
Description
Communication between PC and the Main
Board. is impossible.
The previous ID can be confirmed by a status sheet
or any other sheet that has already been printed out.
Store optional ID Enter the previous ID to write it to the new Main Board.
There is no way to confirm the previous ID. Store auto-
generated NEW ID
The program automatically creates the new ID from the serial number of the
printer and write it into the new Main Board.
Communication between PC and the Main
Board is possible.
(The previous ID can be retrieved from the
previous Main Board)
OLD ID Retrieval/
Restore
Retrieve the ID from the old board, and then enter the retrieved ID into the new
board.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 320
Confidential
5.3 Firmware Update
This explains update method following the Firmware. Select the appropriate method
depending on the situation because there are multiple data formats and update methods
corresponding to the multiple data format.
Table 5-3. Update method for Firmware
Section Data Format Update method
Controller CRB Format Update method 1 (P. 321)
RCC Format Update method 2 (P. 323)
EFU Format Update method 4 (P. 327)
Update method 5 (P. 329)
Engine Controller BIN Format Update method 3 (P. 325)
Controller +Engine
Controller
EFU Format Update method 4 (P. 327)
Update method 5 (P. 329)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 321
Confidential
UPDATE METHOD 1
Required Tool
Computer
USB cable
Firmware Update Tool
Control Panel Special Operation
Required
Step Explanation LCD Panel
1 Print a Configuration Status Sheet, and check
the current version.
---
2 After turning the power off for both the
printer and computer, connect them with a
USB cable.
Before connecting the USB cable,
make sure to disconnect other
interface cables from the printer.
---
3 Turn the computer on and copy the firmware
data file (CRB format) to any directory of the
computer.
---
4 Turn the printer ON while holding down the
[Start/Stop], [J ob Cancel], and [Down]
buttons.
(The printer will start up in Controller
Firmware Update Mode.)
5 Start up the Firmware Update Tool.
Specify the port and the program update file
on the selection window of the tool.
---
6 Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool
screen.
7 Completion pop-up window will be
displayed when the data transfer is finished.
Click [OK].
Confirm that both the old and new firmware
versions are displayed on the LCD, and press
the [OK] button on the control panel to start
the program update.
Step Explanation LCD Panel
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 322
Confidential
8 When the program update is finished, the
checksum will be indicated on the LCD.

Confirm the checksum.
9 Turn the printer OFF and ON to reboot the
printer.
---
10 Print a Configuration Status Sheet. ---
11 Confirm that the program firmware version
has been updated correctly by comparing the
status sheet with that printed in step 1.
---
Step Explanation LCD Panel
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 323
Confidential
UPDATE METHOD 2
Required Tool
Computer
USB cable
Firmware Update Tool
Control Panel Special Operation
Not required
CHECK
POINT
In this method, update can be executed with the EPSON
Firmware Updater instead of Firmware Update Tool.
Step Explanation Panel display
1 Print a Configuration Status Sheet, and check
the current version.
---
2 Connect the printer to the computer with a
USB cable.
Confirm that the Ready is displayed on the
LCD.
3 Turn the computer on and copy the firmware
data file (RCC format) to any directory of the
computer.
---
Ready
4 Start up the Firmware Update Tool.
Specify the port and the program update file
on the selection window of the tool.
---
5 Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool
screen.
---
6 Completion pop-up window will be
displayed when the data transfer is finished.
Click [OK].
The data LED flashes and Writing ROM P
will be displayed on the LCD when data
reception and program update are executed
on the printer.
Step Explanation Panel display
Writing ROM P
Don't poweroff nnn/mmm
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 324
Confidential
7 The data LED on the operation panel goes
off, confirm that the Ready is displayed on
the LCD, turn the printer OFF and ON to
reboot the printer.
8 Print a Configuration Status Sheet. ---
9 Confirm that the program firmware version
has been updated correctly by comparing the
status sheet with that printed in step 1.
---
Step Explanation Panel display
Ready
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 325
Confidential
UPDATE METHOD 3
Required Tool
Computer
USB cable
Firmware Update Tool
Control Panel Special Operation
Required
Step Explanation Panel display
1 Print a Configuration Status Sheet, and check
the current version (MCU version).
---
2 After turning the power off for both the
printer and computer, connect them with a
USB cable.
Before connecting the USB cable,
make sure to disconnect other
interface cables from the printer.
---
3 Turn the computer on and copy the firmware
data file (BIN format) to any root directory of
the computer.
---
4 Turn the printer ON while holding down the
[Start/Stop], [J ob Cancel], [Up], and [Down]
buttons. (The printer will start up in Engine
Controller Firmware Update Mode.)
5 Start up the Firmware Update Tool.
Specify the port and the program update file
on the selection window of the tool.
---
6 Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool
screen.
7 Completion pop-up window will be
displayed when the data transfer is finished.
Click [OK].
Pressing the [OK] button on the printer
control panel executes the program update.
Step Explanation Panel display
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 326
Confidential
8 When the program update is finished, the
checksum will be indicated on the LCD
panel.
Confirm the checksum.
9 Turn the printer OFF and ON to reboot the
printer.
10 Print a Configuration Status Sheet. ---
11 Confirm that the program firmware version
has been updated correctly by comparing the
status sheet with that printed in step 1.
---
Step Explanation Panel display
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 327
Confidential
UPDATE METHOD 4
Required Tool
USB memory stick
Control Panel Special Operation
Required
Step Explanation Panel display
1 Print a status sheet, and check the current
version.
---
2 Turn the printer OFF. ---
3 Insert the USB memory stick stored the
firmware data file (RCX or EFU format) to
the USB host I/F of the printer.
Store the only firmware data
file to update to the USB
memory.
Store the firmware data to the
root directory of USB memory
stick.
---
4
Turn the product ON while holding down
the [J ob Cancel] +[Up] buttons.
F/W Update Mode is started up.
---
5 Enter the password set in the [Password
Config Menu]. If the password is not set,
press the [OK] button.
The firmware data file in the USB memory is
searched.
6 Select [Update] and press the [OK] button.
7 After the confirmation screen is displayed,
select [Yes] and press the [OK] button.
Step Explanation Panel display
F/W Update Mode
Password
F/W Update Mode
Serching Files
Please Wait
F/W Update Mode
File
New Version
Old Version
Update
F/W Update Mode
File
New Version
Old Version
Update
Execute
Yes
No
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 328
Confidential
8 Updating the firmware is executed.
Do not turn the printer OFF
during update. If aborted
abnormally, the printer may not
be booted.
9 When the update complete screen is
displayed, turn the printer OFF and ON to
reboot the printer.
10 Print a status sheet and confirm that the
program firmware version has been updated.
---
Step Explanation Panel display
F/W Update Mode
F/W Update : XX%
Don't power off
Please Wait
F/W Update Mode
F/W Update : XX%
Don't power off
Please Wait
F/W Update Completed
Restart a Printer
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 329
Confidential
UPDATE METHOD 5
Required Tool
Computer
USB cable
Epson Firmware Updater
Control Panel Special Operation
Not required
CHECK
POINT
Install the printer driver before using Epson Firmware
Updater.
Step Explanation Program Screen
1 After turning the power off for both the
printer and computer, connect them with
a USB cable.
Before connecting the USB
cable, make sure to disconnect
other interface cables from the
product.
---
2 Turn the power on for both the printer and
computer.
---
3 Activate Epson Firmware Updater and
click [Next].
4 Check the Attention and click [Next].
5 Agree to the Software licence agreement
and click [Next].
6 Select the Firmware data (EFU format)
and click [Next].
7 Check that printer is not in the following
status and click [Next].
Printing
Copying
Warming up
Step Explanation Program Screen
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
ADJUSTMENT Firmware Update 330
Confidential
8 Check the version of the firmware being
updated and click [Next].
9 Read the notes concerning the update and
click [Next].
Check The status sheet is printed. box if
needed.
10 Update is started.
If The status sheet is printed. box is
checked at Step 9, update is started after
the status sheet is printed out.
11 After completing the update, reboot the
printer automatically.
When the screen on the right appears,
print the Configuration Status Sheet and
check that the version of Firmware is
updated. Click [Finish].
Step Explanation Program Screen
Confidential
CHAP T E R
6
MAINTENANCE
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
MAINTENANCE Cleaning 332
Confidential
6.1 Cleaning
Clean the parts listed in the table below according to the printer condition.
MAIN UNIT
Printer exterior surface
Wipe the surface clean with a cloth wrung out of water.
Figure 6-1. Cleaning the Printer Surface
Table 6-1. Cleaning
Unit Cleaning point Cleaning Requirements
Main unit Printer exterior surface When the exterior is stained (dirty or
dusty).
PH window When white streaks (missing areas)
appear on the printing result.
Transfer belt When image quality problems such
as bands, unevenness or smudges
occur.
Registration roller When the Registration roller is dirty
and it affects the image.
Area around the waste toner
collecting port
When area around the waste toner
collector is stained with toner.
Feed roller (Standard cassette (C1)) When malfunctions in paper feeding
such as multiple-sheet feed, non-
feed, or skew occur frequently.
Separation roller (Standard cassette
(C1))
Feed roller (MP tray)
Separation roller (MP tray)
Optional
cassette unit
Feed roller
Separation roller
Transport roller
Duplex unit Transport roller
Ventilation Section When the Ventilation Section is dirty.
Make sure to turn the power switch OFF and unplug the power
code before cleaning to avoid electric shock, burn or any other
injuries.
Do not use alcohol, thinner, or any other solvents. When using
these ones, follow the instructions of the procedures.
Be extremely careful not to make the internal parts of the
printer get wet.
A hard brush or cloth can scratch the product. Do not use them
to wipe the product.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
MAINTENANCE Cleaning 333
Confidential
PH window
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Remove the PH window cleaning jig.
3. Insert the PH window cleaning jig to the cleaning port and clean it by putting
the jig back and forth a couple times.
Clean every PH window of YMCK.
Figure 6-2. Cleaning the PH window
Transfer belt
Using a dried soft cloth, wipe the Transfer belt.
Figure 6-3. Cleaning the Transfer belt
Registration roller
Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the registration roller.
Figure 6-4. Cleaning the Registration roller
4038F2C547DA
4038F2C548DA
Cleaning jig
Cleaning jig
Cleaning port
If it is difficult to clean with dried soft cloth, dampen a soft cloth
with a solvent.
Do not wipe out with water.
When solvent is used to dampen a cloth, do not use the ones
other than shown below:
Isopropyl alcohol, Ethyl alcohol, PPC Cleaner, Sol mix AP-7.
Registration roller
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
MAINTENANCE Cleaning 334
Confidential
Area around the waste toner collecting port
Wipe the areas around the waste toner collecting port clean of spilled toner and
dirt using a soft cloth dampened with water or alcohol.
Figure 6-5. Cleaning the area around the waste toner collecting port
Feed roller (Standard cassette (C1))
Gently wipe the rubber part of the feed roller with a well-wrung cloth.
Figure 6-6. Cleaning the feed roller
Separation roller (Standard cassette (C1))
Gently wipe the rubber part of the feed roller with a well-wrung cloth.
Figure 6-7. Cleaning the separation roller
Feed roller (MP tray)
Gently wipe the rubber part of the feed roller with a well-wrung cloth.
Figure 6-8. Cleaning the feed roller
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
MAINTENANCE Cleaning 335
Confidential
Separation roller (MP tray)
Gently wipe the rubber part of the feed roller with a well-wrung cloth.
Figure 6-9. Cleaning the separation roller
OPTIONAL CASSETTE UNIT
Feed roller
Gently wipe the rubber part of the feed roller with a well-wrung cloth.
Figure 6-10. Cleaning the feed roller
Separation roller
Gently wipe the rubber part of the feed roller with a well-wrung cloth.
Figure 6-11. Cleaning the separation roller
Transport roller
Gently wipe the rubber part of the feed roller with a well-wrung cloth.
Figure 6-12. Cleaning the transport roller
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
MAINTENANCE Cleaning 336
Confidential
DUPLEX UNIT
Transport roller
Gently wipe the rubber part of the feed roller with a well-wrung cloth.
Figure 6-13. Cleaning the transport roller
Ventilation Section (Outside)
Wipe the outside of the ventilation section clean of dirt.
Figure 6-14. Cleaning the ventilation section (Outside)
Ventilation Section (Inside)
Wipe the inside of the ventilation section clean of dirt.
Figure 6-15. Cleaning the ventilation section (Inside)
Confidential
CHAP T E R
7
APPENDIX
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Connection Diagram 338
Confidential
7.1 Connection Diagram
CN300
CN501
CN601
CN701
CN603 CN602
CN405 CN406
CN101
ROM DIMM
(Program)
Type-B
CN401
IEEE1284
CN402
USB
CN411
USB Host Network
CN301 CN201
ROM DIMM
(Option)
RAM DIMM
(Option)
SIN_SCL
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
+3.3V
GND+5V
SAST
SADO_A0
LED0
LED1
LED2
BLED
SWA_SI
SAD1_CS2
Tray1: MP tray
Tray2: Standard cassette unit
Tray3: Optional cassette unit1
Tray4: Optional cassette unit2
Tray5: Optional cassette unit3
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Wiring Diagram 339
Confidential
7.2 Wiring Diagram
Code Part Name
PWB-P Controller Board
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
HARNESS (25-29)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (10-8)
PWB-M
PWB-P
Code Part Name
PWB-P Controller Board
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
PU1 DC Power Supply
S3 Front Door Switch/1
S4 Front Door Switch/2
S5 Right Door Switch
PWB-P
S3
S4
S5
PWB-M
PU1
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (3-4)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (25-25)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(20-4)
Fusing unit
To transfer beltunit
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Wiring Diagram 340
Confidential
Code Part Name
PWB-P Controller Board
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
PWB-D PH Interface Board
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (25-22) WIRE HARNESS ASSY (8-4)
PWB-P
PWB-D
PWB-M
Code Part Name
PU1 DC Power Supply
S1 Main Power Switch
S2 Primary Interlock Switch
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(24-7)
WIRE HARNESS
(2-11)
POWER CORD
(24-11)
PU1
S1
S2
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Wiring Diagram 341
Confidential
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
PC13 MP tray Paper Empty Sensor
PC14 MP tray Lift-Up Sensor
CL5 MP tray Paper Feed Clutch
SL2 MP tray Pick-Up Solenoid
HARNESS ASSY
(05-3)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(25-12)
CN TRY1
CN TRY2
PC13
PC14
SL2
CL5
Not used
PWB-M
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
SE1 IDC/Registration Sensor/1
SE2 IDC/Registration Sensor/2
PC1 Registration Roller Sensor
PC4 OHP Sensor
CL1 Registration Roller Clutch
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(15-29)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(25-12)
CN SEN
CL1
SE2
PC4
PC1
SE1
PWB-M
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Wiring Diagram 342
Confidential
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
HV1 High Voltage Unit
SE3 Temperature/Humidity Sensor
M10 Suction Fan Motor
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (25-12)
CN HV2
HV1
CN HV1
M10
SE3
PWB-M
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
PWB-I Paper Size Board
PC9 Paper Take-up Sensor
PC10 Standard cassette Paper Empty Sensor
PC11 Standard cassette Paper Near-Empty Sensor
PC12 Standard cassette Device Detection Sensor
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (25-12)
HARNESS ASSY
(4-5)
PC11
PWB-I
PC12
PC10
PC9
CN MP
PWB-M
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Wiring Diagram 343
Confidential
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
M5 2nd Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Motor
PC3 Fusing Loop Detect Sensor
PC7 Lift-up Sensor
PC15 Black PC Drive Main Sensor
PC16 Black PC Drive Sub Sensor
PC17 Color PC Drive Main Sensor
PC18 Color PC Drive Sub Sensor
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (25-12)
PC3
M5
PC16
PC18
PC7
PC15
PWB-M
PC17
CN PC
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
PWB-R RTC Board
M14 Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor
CL2 Standard cassette Paper Feed Clutch
CL4 Developing Clutch/K
PC6 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Sensor
PC8 Waste Toner Full Sensor
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (25-12)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(14-26)
M14
CL4
CL2
PWB-R
CN LP
CN RC
PWB-M
PC6
PC8
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Wiring Diagram 344
Confidential
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
M1 Main Motor
M11 Fusing Cooling Fan Motor
M13 Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/1
M22 Cooling Fan Motor/2
CL3 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(22-10)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(25-18)
CN DM1
CN R2FAN
M11
M22
M13
M1
CL3
PWB-M
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
M2 Color PC Drum Motor
M3 Color Developing Motor
M4 Fusing Drive Motor
M6 Toner Supply Motor Y/M
M7 Toner Supply Motor C/K
M12 Cooling Fan Motor
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(25-18)
CN DM1
CN DM2
CN SM
CN DM3
M6
M12
M7
M4
M2
M3
PWB-M
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Wiring Diagram 345
Confidential
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
PWB-I Standard cassette Paper Size Board
PWB-Z Control Board
M1-PC Paper Feed Motor
M2-PC Vertical Transport Motor
M3-PC Lift-Up Motor
PC1-PC Paper Near-Empty Sensor
PC2-PC Set Sensor
PC3-PC CD Paper Size Sensor/2
PC4-PC CD Paper Size Sensor/1
PC5-PC Door Set Sensor
PC6-PC Paper Empty Sensor
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(25-12)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (5-18)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (5-17)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(5-20)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(1-20)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(5-26)
CN CST
PWB-Z
PC5-PC
M1-PC
M2-PC
M3-PC
PC3-PC
PC4-PC
PC8-PC
PC7-PC
PC6-PC
PC9-PC
PWB-M
PWB-I
PC1-PC
PC2-PC
T
o

lo
w
e
r

c
a
s
s
e
t
t
e
PC7-PC Lift-Up Sensor
PC8-PC Vertical Transport Sensor
PC9-PC Paper Take-Up Sensor
Code Part Name
PWB-M Mechanical Control Board
PWB-A DU Duplex Control Board
M1DU Duplex Unit Switchback Motor
M2DU Duplex Unit Transport Motor
PCIDU Duplex Unit Door Set Sensor
Code Part Name
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(25-12)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(3-13)
WIRE HARNESS ASSY
(2-22)
CN DUP
M1DU
M2DU
PCIDU
PWB-A DU
PWB-M
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Connector Layout Drawing 346
Confidential
7.3 Connector Layout Drawing
No. CN No.
Diagram
Coordinates
No. CN No.
Diagram
Coordinates
[1] CN32 E-13 ~14 [8] CN9 E-2
[2] CN30 U-6 [9] CN28 E-9
[3] CN31 U-6 [10] CN27 E-9
[4] CN56 E17 ~18 [11] CN22 E-9
[5] CN55 E-15 ~16 [12] CN29 E-10
[6] CN7 E-27 [13] CN13 0-18 ~19
[7] CN44 0-21 [14] CN19 0-19
Number of Pin Possible to confirm by removing external cover.
Not Possible to confirm by removing external cover.
1
1
Description
4039F5C507DA
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
No. CN No.
Diagram
Coordinates
No. CN No.
Diagram
Coordinates
[1] CN14 K-2 [9] CN40 E-11
[2] CN8 D-8 [10] CN18 E-12
[3] CN6 E-4 ~5 [11] CN17 E-20
[4] CN3 E-21 [12] CN39 E-22
[5] CN43 E-11 [13] CN59 K-2
[6] CN21 E-8 [14] CN38 E-12
[7] CN4 E-8 [15] CN45 K-2
[8] CN5 D-8 [16] CN41 K-1
4039F5C508DA
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1]
[6]
[7]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15] [16]
[8]
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Control Panel Special Operations 347
Confidential
7.4 Control Panel Special Operations
This printer provides the special functions listed in the following table by means of the special button operations.
7.4.1 Operation Method & Functions
Never disclose these special operations to the users. They are
intended to be used for product development and service.
Function Operation Method Explanation
Hexadecimal dump Turn the power ON while holding down the [Start/Stop]
button.
Printing is made in hexadecimal dump.
Support mode Turn the power ON while holding down the [Down] button. [Support Menu] and [Printer Adjust Menu] are added to the Panel Menu. For more details, refer to
7.4.2 Special Menu (p349).
Initialization of EEPROM Turn the power ON while holding down the [Start/Stop],
[J ob Cancel], and [Left] buttons.
All information stored in the EEPROM of the controller is cleared.
Note that information on the printer operational history such as total printed pages
is also erased.
Initialization of control panel settings Turn the power ON while holding down the [J ob Cancel]
button.
All the settings made by the control panel are returned to their default.
Forced erase of flash ROM A Turn the power ON while holding down the [J ob Cancel],
[Right], [Up] and [Down] buttons.
All information stored in the Flash ROM module, which is inserted into the DIMM slot A, is
erased.
Update controller firmware Turn the power ON while holding down the [Start/Stop],
[J ob Cancel] and [Down] buttons.
The printer enters into the mode for updating the controller firmware.
Copy ROM module Turn the power ON while holding down the [Start/Stop],
[J ob Cancel] and [Right] buttons.
ROM module information is copied to another ROM module.
Maintenance mode Turn the power ON while holding down the [Right], [Left],
[Up] and [Down] buttons.
[Support Menu], [Printer Adjust Menu] and [Maintenance Menu] are added to the Panel Menu.
For more details, refer to 7.4.2 Special Menu (p349).
Update engine (mechanical) controller
firmware
Turn the power ON while holding down the [Start/Stop],
[J ob Cancel], [Up] and [Down] buttons.
The printer enters into the mode for updating the engine controller firmware.
RAM check of all sectors Turn the power ON while holding down the [Start/Stop],
[Right], [Left] and [Up] buttons.
All sectors of RAM are checked when starting the printer. This function is executed when a
controller-related error occurs, and checks if RAM has the reason of the error.
Reset of the CPU when a service call
occurs
Turn the power ON while holding down the [J ob Cancel],
[Right], [Left], [Up] and [Down] buttons.
CPU is reset when this function is executed while a service request error is occurring.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Control Panel Special Operations 348
Confidential
Display detailed information when a
service call occurs
Press the [J ob Cancel], [Right] and [Left] buttons when a
service call error occurs.
While a service request error is occurring, the detailed information is displayed. However, this
function is not used for the normal service since the analysis of the displayed information is not
possible in the field of the service.
Print an error sheet Press the [Right] button after CPU reset when a service call
error occurs.
When this operation is executed after resetting the CPU, information for analyzing errors is
printed. However, this function is not used for the normal service since the analysis of the printed
information is not possible in the field of the service.
Update firmware with USB memory
stick
Turn the power ON while holding down the [J ob Cancel]
and [Up] buttons.
The firmware can be updated with USB memory stick.
Function Operation Method Explanation
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Control Panel Special Operations 349
Confidential
7.4.2 Special Menu
The following special adjustment menu is provided.
The underlined values are default values.
SUPPORT MENU
PRINTER ADJUSTMENT FUNCTION
Setting item Settings Explanation
Support
StatusSheet
Execute Prints the Support Status Sheet.
LCD Backlight Auto On Off Sets the operation of LCD Backlight.
Format
CompactFlash
Execute Formats the CompactFlash.
Format PS3
CompactFlash
Execute
Delete All
CompactFlash
Data
Execute Deletes all CompactFlash data.
Setting item Settings Explanation
Highland 0 ~1 White spots may appear when using the printer in
a highland area. In such case, this setting is set to
1. Therefore, developing bias is changed to
prevent some wrong.
Feed Offset -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Sets Physical offset for the front of a page in the
paper feeding direction.
Scan Offset -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Sets Physical offset for the front of a page in the
scanning direction.
Feed Offset2 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Sets Physical offset for the back of a page in the
paper feeding direction.
Scan Offset2 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Sets Physical offset for the back of a page in the
scanning direction.
TR Normal -5 ~5 Sets the secondary transfer bias for each paper
type. Setting items with "Back" are for the back of
papers.
TR Thick -5 ~5
TR ExtraThk -5 ~5
TR SuperThk -5 ~5
TR Envelope -5 ~5
TR Tmsprnc -5 ~5
TR Card -5 ~5
TR NormalBack -5 ~5
TR ThickBack -5 ~5
TR ExtraThkBack -5 ~5
TR SuperThkBack -5 ~5
TR Card Back -5 ~5
Max Density K -10 ~10 Sets the max density for each color. This setting is
executed to heighten a color. This setting is
available after executing calibration.
Max Density C -10 ~10
Max Density M -10 ~10
Max Density Y -10 ~10
Blur Margin K -5 ~5 Sets the blur margin for each color.
Blur Margin C -5 ~5
Blur Margin M -5 ~5
Blur Margin Y -5 ~5
Definition Noise 0 ~3 ~7 This setting is not used for the service since it is a
menu for development.
Gradation Noise 0 ~3 ~7 This setting is not used for the service since it is a
menu for development.
Calibration Execute Executes the calibration of engine.
Color DiagnosisSht Execute Prints a sheet for the check of image quality.
Setting item Settings Explanation
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Control Panel Special Operations 350
Confidential
MAINTENANCE MENU
Setting item Settings Explanation
Maintenance
StatusSht
Execute Prints Maintenance Status Sheet and Error Log
Sheet.
Clear Error Log Execute Clears the saved error log to print it on Error Log
Sheet.
K Toner Admix Execute Supplies toner to the developing unit from the
toner cartridge forcibly. Execute this setting for
the low density.
C Toner Admix Execute
M Toner Admix Execute
Y Toner Admix Execute
Reset Mainte Counter Execute Resets the life counter of the maintenance unit.
Execute this setting after replacing the
maintenance unit.
Reset LC2 Counter Execute Resets the life counter of the feed roller (C2).
Execute this setting after replacing the feed
roller.
Reset LC3 Counter Execute Resets the life counter of the feed roller (C3).
Execute this setting after replacing the feed
roller.
Reset LC4 Counter Execute Resets the life counter of the feed roller (C4).
Execute this setting after replacing the feed
roller.
Feed Offset MP -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Sets margins for each paper feeder. Feed
indicates the margin on the leading edge of the
paper and Scan indicates the margin on the left
edge of the paper.
Scan Offset MP -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
Feed Offset C1 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
Scan Offset C1 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
Feed Offset C2 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
Scan Offset C2 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
Feed Offset C3 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
Scan Offset C3 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
Feed Offset C4 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
Scan Offset C4 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
ScanOffset DupMP -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Sets the margin on the left edge of the back of a
paper for each Paper Feeder.
ScanOffset DupC1 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
ScanOffset DupC2 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
ScanOffset DupC3 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
ScanOffset DupC4 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5
C Regist Feed -6 ~6 Corrects printing positions for each color.
Feed indicates the vertical direction, and
Scan indicates the horizontal direction.
C Regist Scan -6 ~6
M Regist Feed -6 ~6
M Regist Scan -6 ~6
Y Regist Feed -6 ~6
Y Regist Scan -6 ~6
Loop Fuser -2 ~2 Corrects the timing that the speed control of
fusing starts to prevent paper wrinkles that may
occur when printing envelopes.
Temp1 Normal -10 ~10 Corrects the heater temperature of the fuser unit.
1 indicates the heater of the heat roller, and
2 indicates the heater of the press roller.
Temp2 Normal -10 ~10
Temp1 Thick -10 ~10
Temp2 Thick -10 ~10
Temp1 ExtraThk -10 ~10
Temp2 ExtraThk -10 ~10
Temp1 SuperThk 0 ~10
Temp2 SuperThk 0 ~10
Temp1 Envelope -10 ~10
Temp2 Envelope -10 ~10
Temp1 Trnsprnc -10 ~10
Temp2 Trnsprnc -10 ~10
Transfer 1st NN -5 ~5 Sets the primary transfer bias in NN
environment. As the set value takes one step up/
down, the transfer bias changes per 50 V.
*NN environment =Environment that
temperature and humidity are in standard value.
Setting item Settings Explanation
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Control Panel Special Operations 351
Confidential
USB Host 0 ~1 Selects whether to use USB Host I/F (1) or not to
use it (0). This setting is not required when
executing the update of the firmware with USB
memory.
Setting item Settings Explanation
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 352
Confidential
7.5 Information Sheet
7.5.1 Configuration Status Sheet
The information printed on the configuration status sheet are described in the table
below.
Figure 7-1. Configuration Status Sheet
Location Item Explanation
A Hardware Configuration The information of following items
Serial Number
Memory
Available Memory
Main Version
MCU Version
Font Data Version
LUT Version
Printer Language
Interface
MAC Address
LAN Version
USB ID
Printer Configuration
B Color Calibration Prints the name and the date of the color calibration if
the color calibration is registered.
C Software Setting Prints various setting conditions of the printer.
A
B
C
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 353
Confidential
7.5.2 Supplies Status Sheet
The information printed on the supplies status sheet are described in the table below.
Figure 7-2. Supplies Status Sheet
Location Item Explanation
A Toner Cartridge The information of toner cartridge for each color
Remaining Level
Capacity
Part Order Number
Toner Kind
Pages printed using this supply
Initial Installation Date
New Replacement Frequency
Used Replacement Frequency
B Other Consumables Information of the photoconductor unit and the waste
toner collector are printed.
C Periodic Replacement
Parts
Information of the transfer unit and the fuser unit are
printed.
A
C
B
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 354
Confidential
7.5.3 Usage History Sheet
The information printed on the usage history sheet are described in the table below.
Figure 7-3. Usage History Sheet
Location Item Explanation
A Printer Information Serial Number
Printer Installation Date
Total Print Total Pages
Color Pages
B/W Pages
System Log Power On Frequency
Sleep Frequency
Most Recent Print Date
J am Frequency
B Categories based on the
number of pages to print
The number of pages according to the following
categories are printed.
Number of Prints by Paper Size
Number of Prints by Mode
Number of Prints by Paper Type
Number of Prints by Paper Path
Number of Prints by Printer Language
Number of Prints by J ob Size
Number of Prints by Page Density
A
B
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 355
Confidential
7.5.4 Support Status Sheet
The information printed on the support status sheet are described in the table below.
Figure 7-4. Support Status Sheet
Location Item Explanation
A Hardware Configuration The information of following items
Serial Number
USB ID
Device ID
B Support Menu The values set by the support menu are printed.
C Printer Adjust Menu The values set by the printer adjust menu are printed.
A
C
B
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 356
Confidential
7.5.5 Maintenance Status Sheet
The information printed on the maintenance status sheet are described in the table below.
Item Explanation
Count
processing and
storage location
Range Unit Count conditions Clear conditions
Printer Name Product name Controller --- --- --- ---
Serial Number Serial number memorized in the
controller
Controller --- --- --- ---
Main Version Version for the controller firmware Controller --- --- --- ---
MCU Version Version for the engine controller
firmware
Mechanical
Controller
--- --- --- ---
Printer install date Date and time when the printer is
installed.
Controller --- --- --- ---
Total Counts Total Pages Total number of printed pages Controller 0 ~99,999,999 pages Printing EEPROM
initialization
Total Pages Total number of printed pages in A4
size
Mechanical
Controller
0 ~268,435,455 pages Printing ---
Color Pages Total number of printed pages in
color
Controller 0 ~99,999,999 pages Printing EEPROM
initialization
B/W Pages Total number of printed pages in B/
W
Controller 0 ~99,999,999 pages Printing EEPROM
initialization
Dummy Pages Number of dummy (empty) pages at
the time of duplex printing
Controller 0 ~99,999,999 pages Printing EEPROM
initialization
Can't Completed Pages Number of pages which have not
been printed due to the cause other
than paper jam
Controller 0 ~99,999,999 pages Printing EEPROM
initialization
J am Pages Simplex Number of pages which are jammed
at the time of simplex printing
Controller 0 ~999,999 pages Paper jam is
occurring
EEPROM
initialization
Duplex Number of pages which are jammed
at the time of duplex printing
Controller 0 ~999,999 pages Paper jam is
occurring
EEPROM
initialization
Total Total number of pages which are
jammed
Controller 0 ~999,999 pages Paper jam is
occurring
EEPROM
initialization
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 357
Confidential
Toner Cartridge K % Rate of the K toner consumption Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New K toner detected
Capacity Amount of the K toner charging
(pages)
Mechanical
Controller
21,000 Sheets (Fixed value) ---
Changes 21K Number of replacements of the 21K
toner
Controller 0 ~255 Times Detecting new
K(21K) toner
EEPROM
initialization
N Number of replacements of the non-
genuine toner
Controller 0 ~255 Times Canceling the
non-genuine
toner error
EEPROM
initialization
C % Rate of the C toner consumption Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New C toner detected
Capacity Amount of the C toner charging
(pages)
Mechanical
Controller
14,000 Sheets (Fixed value) ---
Changes 14K Number of replacements of the 14K
toner
Controller 0 ~255 Times Detecting new
C(14K) toner
EEPROM
initialization
N Number of replacements of the non-
genuine toner
Controller 0 ~255 Times Canceling the
non-genuine
toner error
EEPROM
initialization
M % Rate of the M toner consumption Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New M toner detected
Capacity Amount of the M toner charging
(pages)
Mechanical
Controller
14,000 Sheets (Fixed value) ---
Changes 14K Number of replacements of the 14K
toner
Controller 0 ~255 Times Detecting new
M(14K) toner
EEPROM
initialization
N Number of replacements of the non-
genuine toner
Controller 0 ~255 Times Canceling the
non-genuine
toner error
EEPROM
initialization
Y % Rate of the Y toner consumption Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New Y toner detected
Capacity Amount of the Y toner charging
(pages)
Mechanical
Controller
14,000 Sheets (Fixed value) ---
Changes 14K Number of replacements of the 14K
toner
Controller 0 ~255 Times Detecting new
Y(14K) toner
EEPROM
initialization
Item Explanation
Count
processing and
storage location
Range Unit Count conditions Clear conditions
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 358
Confidential
Toner Cartridge N Number of replacements of the non-
genuine toner
Controller 0 ~255 Times Canceling the
non-genuine
toner error
EEPROM
initialization
Photoconductor Unit K % Rate of the K photoconductor unit
consumption
Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New K
photoconductor
detected
Changes Number of replacements of the K
photoconductor unit
Controller 0 ~255 Times Detecting new K
photoconductor
unit
EEPROM
initialization
C % Rate of the C photoconductor unit
consumption
Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New C
photoconductor
detected
Changes Number of replacements of the C
photoconductor unit
Controller 0 ~255 Times Detecting new C
photoconductor
unit
EEPROM
initialization
M % Rate of the M photoconductor unit
consumption
Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New M photoconductor
detected
Changes Number of replacements of the M
photoconductor unit
Controller 0 ~255 Times Detecting new M
photoconductor
unit
EEPROM
initialization
Y % Rate of the Y photoconductor unit
consumption
Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New Y
photoconductor
detected
Changes Number of replacements of the Y
photoconductor unit
Controller 0 ~255 Times Detecting new Y
photoconductor
unit
EEPROM
initialization
Fuser Unit % Rate of the fuser unit consumption Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New fuser unit
detected
Count Counters for using the fuser unit Mechanical
Controller
0 ~268,435,455 Pages Printing New fuser unit
detected
Changes Number of replacements of the fuser
unit
Controller 0 ~255 Times Clearing the
counter
EEPROM
initialization
Item Explanation
Count
processing and
storage location
Range Unit Count conditions Clear conditions
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 359
Confidential
Transfer Unit % Rate of the transfer unit
consumption
Mechanical
Controller
0 ~127 % Printing New transfer unit
detected
Count Counters for using the transfer unit Mechanical
Controller
0 ~268,435,455 Pages Printing New transfer unit
detected
Changes Number of replacements of the
transfer unit
Controller 0 ~255 Times Clearing the
counter
EEPROM
initialization
Feed Roller
MP/C1/C2/C3/C4
% Rate of the paper feed roller (feed
roller) consumption
Controller 0 ~500 % Printing Counter reset/
EEPROM
initialization
Count Counters for using the paper feed
roller (feed roller)
Controller 0 ~1,000,000 Sheets Printing Counter reset/
EEPROM
initialization
Changes Number of replacements of the
paper feed roller (feed roller)
Controller 0 ~255 Times Resetting the
counter
EEPROM
initialization
Feed Offset MP/C1/C2/C3/C4 Value set by the maintenance menu Controller -3.5 ~3.5 --- (Set value) (Setting)
Scan Offset MP/C1/C2/C3/C4 Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-3.5 ~3.5 --- (Set value) (Setting)
ScanOffset Dup MP/C1/C2/C3/C4 Value set by the maintenance menu Controller -3.5 ~3.5 --- (Set value) (Setting)
C Regist Feed Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-6 ~6 --- (Set value) (Setting)
C Regist Scan Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-6 ~6 --- (Set value) (Setting)
M Regist Feed Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-6 ~6 --- (Set value) (Setting)
M Regist Scan Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-6 ~6 --- (Set value) (Setting)
Y Regist Feed Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-6 ~6 --- (Set value) (Setting)
Y Regist Scan Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-6 ~6 --- (Set value) (Setting)
Registration Adjusted value for skew of the PH
unit
Mechanical
Controller
-8191 ~8192
(Theoretical value)
--- (Adjusted value) ---
Loop Fuser Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-2 ~2 --- (Set value) (Setting)
Item Explanation
Count
processing and
storage location
Range Unit Count conditions Clear conditions
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 360
Confidential
Temp1 Normal/Thick/ExtraThk/
Envelope/Transprnc
Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-10 ~10 --- (Set value) (Setting)
SuperThk Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
0 ~10 --- (Set value) (Setting)
Temp2 Normal/Thick/ExtraThk/
Envelope/Transprnc
Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-10 ~10 --- (Set value) (Setting)
SuperThk Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
0 ~10 --- (Set value) (Setting)
Transfer 1ST NN Value set by the maintenance menu Mechanical
Controller
-5 ~5 --- (Set value) (Setting)
Last Pages Dots K/C/M/Y Number of dots used in the last
printed page (each color)
Controller 0 ~2,147,483,647 --- Printing EEPROM
initialization
Last J ob Dots K/C/M/Y Number of dots used for the last
completed job (each color)
Controller 0 ~2,147,483,647 --- Printing EEPROM
initialization
Life Dots K/C/M/Y Number of life dots of toner for each
color
Controller 0 ~2,147,483,647 --- Printing EEPROM
initialization
Total Dots/1%[dots] K/C/M/Y Average number of dots when using
1% of toner for each color
Controller 0 ~2,147,483,647 --- Printing EEPROM
initialization
Item Explanation
Count
processing and
storage location
Range Unit Count conditions Clear conditions
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 361
Confidential
Toner Cartridge
Tracking
Current K, C, M, Y G/N Type of toner which is currently
installed (G: genuine toner, N: not
genuine toner)
Controller G, N --- Replacing toner EEPROM
initialization
Current K, C, M, Y Number of printed pages of toner for
each color which is currently
installed
Controller 0 ~999,999 --- Printing EEPROM
initialization
Previous K, C, M, Y G/N Type of toner which was installed
prior to the current one (G: genuine
toner, N: not genuine toner)
Controller G, N --- Replacing toner EEPROM
initialization
Previous K, C, M, Y Number of printed pages of toner for
each color which was installed prior
to the current one
Controller 0 ~999,999 --- Printing EEPROM
initialization
Before Previous K, C, M, Y
G/N
Type of toner which was installed
two toners before the current one
(G: genuine toner, N: not genuine
toner)
Controller G, N --- Replacing toner EEPROM
initialization
Before Previous K, C, M, Y Number of printed pages of toner for
each color which was installed two
toners before the current one.
Controller 0 ~999,999 --- Printing EEPROM
initialization
Item Explanation
Count
processing and
storage location
Range Unit Count conditions Clear conditions
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 362
Confidential
Figure 7-5. Maintenance Status Sheet
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Information Sheet 363
Confidential
7.5.6 Error Log Sheet
The information printed on the error log sheet are described in the table below.
Figure 7-6. Error Log Sheet
Item Explanation
Printer Name Product name
Serial Number Serial number memorized in the controller
Main Version Version for the controller firmware
MCU Version Version for the engine controller firmware
Printer install date Date and time when the printer is installed
Error Log No Number for the error index
Panel Message Error message indicated on the panel
Code Status code for EJ L
SubCode J am code (8-digit hexadecimal)
Total pages Total number of printed pages when an error is generated
Information Paper size and type when paper jam is generated, they are
separated with a space. Refer to the following table for paper
types.
Generated Date and time when an error is generated.
Released Date and time when an error is released.
Code Paper Type Code Paper Type
0 Normal paper 8 Envelope
1 Transparency 16 Normal paper (2nd)
2 Thick paper 2 18 Thick paper 2 (2nd)
3 Thick paper 3 19 Thick paper 3 (2nd)
4 Thick paper 1, Label 20 Thick paper 1 (2nd)
6 Postcard 22 Postcard (2nd)
7 Transparency 2 24 Envelope (2nd)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 364
Confidential
7.6 Exploded Diagram / Parts List
MAIN UNIT
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
01-001 TOP COVER Exit Tray
01-002 COVER Exit Tray Connector protective
cover
01-003 TOP COVER Upper Cover
01-004 RIGHT COVER Front Right Cover
01-007 CLEANING PAD ---
01-009 BAND ---
01-012 MAGNET ---
01-015 CLEANING MATERIAL ---
01-018 CONTROL PANEL ---
01-019 LEFT COVER Front Left Cover
01-020 LEFT COVER Rear Left Cover
01-021 SHOULDER SCREW ---
01-023 REAR COVER Rear Cover
01-024 RIGHT COVER Right Rear COver
01-027 COVER ASSY Front Door
01-028 LABEL,PAPER SIZE ---
01-031 LABEL,UNIT NAME ---
01-012
01-018
01-021
01-021
01-020
01-019
01-007
01-015
01-012
01-027
01-009
01-004
01-028
01-003
01-031
01-002
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.01 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-CASE-011
01-001
01-024
01-023
b
a
b
b
c
b
d
d
d
b
b
c
b
a
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 366
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
02-002 PROTECTION ---
02-004 SWITCH Primary Interlock Switch (S2)
02-006 COVER ---
02-008 SCREW ---
02-009 CAP ---
02-011 WIRE HARNESS ---
02-012 RUBBER FOOT ---
02-014 SEAL ---
02-008
02-004
02-006
02-008
02-009
02-011
02-014
a
a
b
b
S2
02-012
02-012
02-002
02-002
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.02 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-011
(x3pcs)
(x3pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 368
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
03-001 MICRO-SWITCH Right Door Switch (S5)
03-002 SCREW ---
03-003 FRONT COVER SW ASSY ---
03-004 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
03-005 SWITCH Main Power Switch (S1)
03-006 SHOULDER SCREW ---
03-007 TORSION SPRING ---
03-009 COVER Connector Protective Cover
03-011 INNER COVER ASSY Front Cover
03-005
03-003
b
c
03-009
c
03-002
a
03-011
03-001
03-007
03-006
S1
S5
03-004
S3
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.03 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-021
(x2pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 370
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
04-004 SHOULDER SCREW ---
04-005 HARNESS ASSY ---
04-007 PHOTO INTERRUPTER ---
04-008 ACTUATOR ---
04-009 SOLID STATE SWITCH ---
04-010 ACTUATOR ---
04-011 TENSION SPRING ---
04-012 HOLDER ---
04-013 PWB-I Standard cassette Paper Size Board
(PWB-I)
04-014 LEVER ---
04-018 PHOTO INTERRUPTER ---
04-019 LEVER ---
04-021 SEAL ---
04-022 COVER ---
04-023 SIZE DETECTING PWB ASSY Standard cassette Paper Size Board
Assy
04-024 LEFT COVER LOWER ASSY ---
04-025 GUIDE (MPC) ---
04-026 BRACKET ---
04-027 STEP SCREW ---
04-026
04-027
b
04-022
f
04-025
04-021
g
04-004
04-008
04-005
04-007
04-011
04-009
04-010
a
d
e
d
c
04-014
04-013
04-012
04-024
04-023
c
04-018
04-018
b
04-019
c
PC9
PC10
PC12
PWB-I
PC11
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.04 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-031
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 372
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
05-001 TRAY Tray Extension
05-002 COVER ---
05-003 HARNESS ASSY ---
05-006 ACTUATOR ---
05-007 PHOTO INTERRUPTER MP tray Paper Empty Sensor
(PC13)
05-008 TRAY ---
05-009 LABEL CAUTION ---
05-010 COVER MP tray Left Cover
05-011 HOLD PLATE ---
05-014 GUIDE ---
05-015 COVER MP tray Right Cover
05-016 SCREW ---
05-018 GEAR 13/18T ---
05-019 LIFTING PLATE ---
05-020 FRICTION SHEET ---
05-021 BRAKE ---
05-022 HOLDER ---
05-023 PAPER GUIDE R ASSY ---
05-024 PAPER GUIDE F ASSY ---
05-027 CUSHION ---
05-028 MANUAL FEED TRAY UNIT Multi Bypass Unit
05-027
05-027
05-003
CA15-MECH-061)
CA15-MECH-041)
05-028
05-008
a
05-006
05-007
a
05-002
05-001
c
05-024
05-020
05-019
05-018
05-011
05-009
a
b
05-010
c
b
05-014
a
05-021
05-022
b
05-023
05-015
05-016
a
A(
B(
PC13
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.05 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-041
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 374
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
06-001 GUIDE ---
06-002 ROLLER ASSY Separation Roller
06-003 PAPER GUIDE ASSY ---
06-004 ROLLER ASSY ---
06-005 EARTH PLATE ---
06-007 LEVER ---
06-007
A
a
06-003
a
b
R2
06-005
a
06-002
06-004
06-001
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.06 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-051
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 376
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
07-001 CLUTCH ASSY ---
07-003 BUSHING ---
07-004 GEAR 30T ---
07-005 GEAR 30T ---
07-006 BUSHING ---
07-007 CAM ---
07-008 ROLLER ---
07-009 STOP RING ---
07-011 GEAR 25T ---
07-012 CLUTCH MP tray Paper Feed Clutch (CL5)
07-013 SOLENOID ---
07-016 PHOTO INTERRUPTER MP tray Lift-Up Sensor (PC14)
07-017 BUSHING ---
07-018 SHIELD PLATE ---
07-003
07-008
07-009
07-011
b
07-012
c
f
07-013
B
d
07-007
07-006
g
07-005
07-004
07-003
b
07-001
b
07-018
07-017
a
f
f
07-016
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.07 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-061
e
CL5
SL2
PC14
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 378
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
08-001 PWB ASSY PH Interface Board (PWB-I)
08-002 CONNECTOR ASSY Photoconductor Unit Contact Assy
08-004 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
08-005 PU LIFT REAR ASSY ---
08-006 PU LIFT FRONT ASSY Photoconductor Unit Roll Assy
08-007 POLYESTER FILM ---
08-002
c
b b
08-002
08-002
08-002
08-007
a
08-001
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.08 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-071
c
c
c
b
b
b
PWB-D
08-007
08-007
08-007
08-006
08-004
08-005
c
c
c
c
(x4pcs)
(x4pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 380
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
09-001 PLATE SPRING Stopper
09-007 SCREW ---
09-008 PIN ---
09-009 PRESSURE SPRING ---
09-014 GEAR 30T ---
09-020 SKEW ADJ USTMENT ASSY ---
09-021 P/H ASSY PH Unit
09-007
09-007
09-007
09-020
09-014
09-008
09-007
09-007
09-007
09-009
09-007
09-007
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.09 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-081
a
a
b
c
a
a
a
c
a
09-001
09-001
09-001
09-001
09-021
(x4pcs)
(x4pcs)
(x4pcs)
(x4pcs)
(x4pcs)
(x4pcs)
(x4pcs)
(x4pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 382
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
10-001 RAIL ---
10-003 PAWL Guide
10-004 LABEL K ---
10-005 LABEL C ---
10-006 LABEL M ---
10-007 LABEL Y ---
10-008 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
10-009 RAIL ---
10-010 RAIL ---
10-011 RAIL ---
10-013 STIRRING MEMBER ---
10-014 SEAL ---
10-016 GUIDE ASSY ---
10-017 STIRRING MEMBER ---
10-019 SEAL(T/C SEAL) ---
10-008
10-007
10-007
10-006
10-003
10-003
10-003
10-006
10-005
10-004
10-005
10-004
10-003
10-016
10-019
10-014
10-017
10-011
10-010
10-010
10-009
10-001
10-016
10-014
10-013
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.10 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-091
a
b
a
a
(x3pcs)
(x3pcs)
(x3pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 384
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
11-002 IU CONTACT PLATE ASSY ---
11-003 REAR COVER Rear Handle Assy Protect Cover
11-004 SCREW ---
11-005 HOLDER ---
11-006 COVER ---
11-007 REAR COVER ---
11-010 HV TRANSFORMER High Voltage Unit (HV1)
11-011 CONTACT ASSY Conductive Spring Assy
11-012 CONTACT B ASSY ---
11-004
11-004
11-003
11-005
11-006
11-007
11-011
11-002
11-012
11-011
11-011
11-011
11-010
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.11 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-101
c
b
b
c
a
b
c
a
a
HV1
(x3pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 386
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
12-006 RAIL ---
12-007 LABEL K ---
12-008 LABEL C ---
12-009 LABEL M ---
12-010 LABEL Y ---
12-011 REINFORCE PLATE ---
12-017 SEAL ---
12-020 REINFORCE PLATE ---
12-022 ERASER YMC ASSY ---
12-023 ERASER K ASSY ---
12-025 PIPE YMC ASSY ---
12-026 SEAL(E) ---
12-027 SEAL(IU RAIL UNDER) ---
12-028 SEAL(IU RAIL BACK) ---
12-029 POLYESTER FILM ---
12-030 POLYESTER FILM ---
12-017
12-006
12-028
12-026
12-027
12-030
12-029
12-020
12-022
12-022
12-022
12-023
12-007
12-008
12-009
12-010
12-011
12-025
g
b
f
f
f
f
a
b
e
c
d
d
d
c
b
b
b
b
b
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.12 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-111
LA4
LA3
LA2
LA1
(x4pcs)
(x3pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 388
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
13-003 CAP ---
13-007 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
13-008 BRASHLESS MOTOR Main Motor (M1)/Color Developing
Motor (M3)
13-009 BRASHLESS MOTOR Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
13-010 HOPPER DRIVE ASSY Hopper Drive Assy
13-011 DEVELOP DRIVE ASSY Transfer Drive Assy
13-014 FAN MOTOR ---
13-015 SCREW ---
c
13-007
13-003
13-011
13-010
13-014
13-015
13-009
CA15-MECH-121
b
a
a
a
c
c
c
b
b
b
b
a
13-008
13-008
M3
M2
M1
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.13 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available.
(x2pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 390
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
14-004 SCREW ---
14-007 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
14-010 SCREW ---
14-017 SEAL ---
14-020 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
14-024 TRANSFER KIT ---
14-025 SWITCH ASSY 1st Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Position Sensor Unit
14-004
14-004
14-010
14-010
14-017
14-010
14-017
14-010
14-020
14-004
14-004
14-024
14-007
14-025
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.14 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-131
c
b
a
d
d
a
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 392
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
15-002 ROLLER ---
15-006 SOLID STATE SWITCH OHP Sensor (PC4)
15-010 ROLLER ---
15-013 SHOULDER SCREW ---
15-016 BUSHING ---
15-017 GEAR 20T ---
15-018 GEAR 14T ---
15-020 RESISTOR ---
15-022 ACTUATOR ---
15-023 PRISM ---
15-026 PHOTO SENSING ELEMENT IDC Sensor (1, 2)
15-028 PHOTO INTERRUPUTER ---
15-029 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
15-031 HUMIDITY CONVERTION EL. Temperature/Humidity Sensor
(SE3)
15-032 TORSION SPRING ---
15-033 CLUTCH ---
15-034 SEAL ---
15-035 COVER ---
15-036 SEAL ---
15-037 HANDLE ASSY ---
15-038 VERT.TRANSFER UNIT Vertical Transport Assy
15-006
15-010
15-002
15-037
15-035
15-035
15-036
15-036
15-034
15-032
15-023
15-022
15-013
15-016
15-017
15-016
15-018
15-020
15-029
15-031
15-026
15-016
15-033
15-016
15-034
15-038
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.15 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-141
c
c
c
a
d
b
b
b
d
b
b
c
c
b
a
15-026
15-028
CL1
SE2
SE3
PC1
SE1
R3
PC4
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 394
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
16-001 COVER ---
16-002 COVER ---
16-003 CAM ---
16-005 HOLDER ---
16-006 SCREW ---
16-007 LEVER ---
16-009 PRESSURE SPRING ---
16-015 SHOULDER SCREW ---
16-016 STOPPER ---
16-017 LABEL,PAPER CAUTION,MP;B ---
16-018 LABEL,COVER A ---
16-019 DOOR ASSY ---
16-020 ROLLER ASSY 2nd Transfer Unit (Roller)
16-019
16-002
16-001
16-017
16-018
16-005
16-003
16-006 16-007
16-009
16-020
16-009
16-003
16-005
16-006
16-015
16-015
16-016
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.16 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-151
c
a
a
b
a
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 396
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
17-001 CLUTCH Standard cassette Paper Feed Clutch
(CL2)
17-002 CLUTCH Developing Clutch (CL4)
17-004 TRANSFER DRIVE ASSY ---
17-002
b
a
17-004
17-001
CL2
CL4
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.17 Rev.02 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-162
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 398
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
18-002 GEAR 18T ---
18-003 GEAR 18T ---
18-004 GEAR 18/30T ---
18-005 BUSHING ---
18-009 SCREW ---
18-012 GEAR 16T ---
18-013 BUSHING ---
18-014 PHOTO INTERRUPTER Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8)
18-017 GEAR 32/30T ---
18-018 GEAR 32T ---
18-021 PIPE ASSY ---
18-009
18-003
18-002
18-004
18-005
18-021
18-021
18-021
18-005
18-021
18-018
18-017
18-012
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.18 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-171
a
d
d
c
c
e
b
a
18-013
18-004
18-014
PC8
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 400
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
19-001 TONER PIPE ---
19-004 SCREW ---
19-004
19-001
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.19 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-181
a
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 402
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
20-001 FUSING UNIT 230V Fusing Unit
20-004 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
20-001
20-004
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.20 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-191
b
a
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 404
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
21-002 GEAR 18T ---
21-003 GEAR 18T ---
21-004 GEAR 37T ---
21-005 GEAR 81/17T ---
21-006 SCREW ---
21-007 HOLDER ---
21-008 BUSHING ---
21-015 GEAR 16T ---
21-016 GEAR 22T ---
21-019 GEAR 20T ---
21-020 CLUTCH 1st Image Transfer Pressure/
Retraction Clutch (CL3)
21-021 GEAR 41T ---
21-023 PULSE MOTOR Fusing Drive Motor (M4)
21-008
21-008
21-008
21-002
21-003
21-004
21-005
21-006
21-007
21-008
21-008
21-008
21-015 21-016
21-008
21-008
21-006
21-019
21-020
21-021
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.21 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-201
b
b
c
b
b
b
b
a
a
a
d
b
b
b
d
21-023
21-006
CL3
M4
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 406
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
22-002 NEUTRALIZING BRUSH ---
22-003 SCREW ---
22-004 FAN MOTOR Fusing Cooling Fan Motor /2 (M11)
22-005 GUIDE ---
22-006 EARTH GROUND ---
22-010 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
22-012 COVER ---
22-016 PAPER EXIT COVER ASSY Upper Fusing Cover
22-016
22-002
22-012
22-005
22-006
22-004
22-003
22-010
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.22 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-211
b
a
a
22-003
M11
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 408
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
23-001 GUIDE ---
23-002 TORSION SPRING ---
23-003 COLLAR ---
23-004 EARTH GROUND ---
23-006 BUSHING ---
23-007 ROLLER ---
23-008 ROLL ---
23-009 SHAFT ---
23-010 BRACKET ---
23-011 DUCT ---
23-012 GEAR 16T ---
23-013 PAPER EXIT DRIVE ASSY ---
23-004
23-007
23-009
23-008
23-008
23-008
23-008
23-010
23-011
23-006
23-003
23-003
23-003
23-003
23-002
23-003
23-002
23-001
23-006
23-012
23-013
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.23 Rev.01 CA15
CA15-MECH-221 Only numbered Service Parts are available.
a
d
d
d
d
d
a
c
a
b
a
b
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 410
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
24-001 FUN MOTOR Cooling Fan Motor /1 (M12)
24-007 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
24-009 LEFT COVER ---
24-012 FAN MOTOR Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor (M14)
24-019 POWER CABLE ---
24-007
24-009
24-012
24-001
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-MECH-231
e
a
d
c
b
b
b
b
b
a 24-001
M13
M14
See Diagram NO.14
M12
24-019
FOR EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.24 Rev.01 CA15
(Only for EHK)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 412
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
25-001 SCREW ---
25-004 SCREW ---
25-009 POWER SUPPLY DC Power Supply (PU1)
25-010 FAN MOTOR Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor
(M14)
25-012 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
25-015 HARNESS ---
25-018 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
25-019 HARNESS ASSY ---
25-020 PWB ASSY Mechanical Control Board (PWB-
M)
25-021 HARNESS ASSY ---
25-022 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
25-025 MAIN BODY CONTROL
HARNESS
---
25-027 PWB-R RTC Board (PWB-R)
25-028 COVER,TYPE-B ---
25-030 FERRITE CORE ---
25-031 BOARD ASSY,MAIN Controller Board (PWB-P)
25-033 BOARD ASSY.,MEMORY ---
25-100 GUIDE RAIL ---
25-101 GROUND PLATE ---
25-030
25-025
25-004
25-009
25-022
25-001
25-027
25-021
25-019
FOR EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.25 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-ELEC-011A
c
c
a
a
e
f
f
g
e
a
c
b
c
a
a
b
b
a
d
PWB-MAIN
M8
PU1
PWB-M
PWB-R
25-101
25-100
25-004
25-020
25-018
25-028
25-012
25-010
25-033
25-031
25-015
(x2pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 414
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
26-001 LIFTING PLATE ---
26-002 FRICTION SHEET ---
26-004 REGULATING PLATE ---
26-005 LABEL,MPC SCALE;CD ---
26-006 PRESSURE SPRING ---
26-007 LEVER ---
26-008 GUIDE ---
26-009 GUIDE ---
26-010 LOCK LEVER ---
26-011 PRESSURE SPRING ---
26-017 COVER ---
26-018 LABEL,C1 ---
26-019 HANDLE ---
26-020 COVER ---
26-021 SCREW ---
26-022 LEVER ---
26-024 SPACER ---
26-025 RACK ---
26-026 GEAR 20T ---
26-029 SPACER ---
26-030 SPACER ---
26-031 REGULATING PLATE ---
26-033 LABEL ---
26-034 MULTIPURPOSE CASSETTE ---
26-035 REGULATING PLATE R ASSY ---
26-017
26-033
26-001
26-005
26-006
26-026
26-025
26-035
26-024
26-025
26-029
26-022 26-021 26-020
26-019
26-018
26-011
26-010
26-007
26-009
26-008
26-004
26-002
26-030 26-031
27-C
26-034
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.26 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available.
CA15-MECH-241
a
b
a
a
b
c
d
d
b
e
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 416
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
27-005 WASHER ---
27-007 ROLLER Feed Roller
27-009 STOP RING ---
27-010 ROLLER ASSY Separation Roller
27-011 BUSHING ---
27-014 PIN ---
27-015 PAWL ---
27-018 ROLLER ASSY ---
27-011
27-010
27-014
27-015
27-005
27-007
27-009
FOR LP-S7500/EPSON AcuLaser C9200N NO.27 Rev.01 CA15
CA15-MECH-251
b
d
d
e
a
c
27-009
27-011
27-018
C
Only numbered Service Parts are available.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 418
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
28-001 SADDLE ---
28-002 SADDLE ---
28-003 SADDLE ---
28-004 SADDLE ---
28-005 BUSHING ---
28-006 CORD CLAMP ---
28-007 CLAMP ---
28-008 SADDLE ---
28-009 HOLDER ---
28-010 HOLDER ---
28-011 BAND ---
28-012 INSULATING MEMBER ---
28-013 ROLLER ASSY ---
28-012 28-011 28-010 28-009
28-008 28-007
28-006
28-005
FOR EPSON Aculaser C9200N NO.28 Rev.01 CA15
Only numbered Service Parts are available. CA15-TOOL-011A
28-004
28-003 28-002 28-001
16
13.2
11.5
5.2
4.8
7.3
19.9
11.1
5 10
2.4
1.3
17.5 13.4
11.2
8.5
18
31.4
25.8
46.1
33
18
L=104
11.5
9.2
(x9pcs) (x6pcs) (x33pcs)
(x30pcs)
(x3pcs)
(x6pcs)
(x5pcs) (x3pcs) (x3pcs)
28-013
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 420
Confidential
OPTIONAL CASSETTE UNIT
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
01-001 PHOTO INTERRUPTER Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-
PC)/Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-
PC)
01-003 ACTUATOR ---
01-004 BUSHING ---
01-005 PHOTO INTERRUPUTER Door Set Sensor (PC5-PC)/Paper
Empty Sensor (PC6-PC)/Lift-Up
Sensor (PC7-PC)
01-006 GEAR 30T ---
01-007 CLUTCH ---
01-008 ROLLER ---
01-009 HOLDER ---
01-010 GUIDE ---
01-011 GEAR 32T ---
01-012 GEAR 29T ---
01-013 PIN ---
01-015 TORSION SPRING ---
01-016 BUSHING ---
01-017 LEVER ---
01-018 TORSION SPRING ---
01-020 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
01-021 GEAR 32T ---
01-024 PAPER FEEDER ASSY ---
B(C802-OPTI-210)
A(C802-OPTI-209)
01-024
01-003
01-004
01-010
01-013
01-013
01-012
01-004
01-011
01-007
01-010
01-008
01-004
01-004
01-009
01-008
01-007
01-005
01-006
01-005
01-015
01-018
01-001
01-001
01-004
01-020
01-005
FOR LPA3CZ1CU8/500-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT A3 NO.1 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C802-OPTI-208
b
b
b
a
a
c
a
a
e
c
a
a
d
a
c
a
e
c
c
01-016
01-017
01-021
PC7-PC
PC6-PC
PC9-PC
PC8-PC
PC5-PC
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 422
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
02-001 GUIDE ---
02-002 GUIDE ---
02-009 SEPARATION ROLLER ASSY Separation Roller
02-010 ROLLER ASSY ---
FOR LPA3CZ1CU8/500-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT A3 NO.2 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C802-OPTI-209
A(C802-OPTI-208)
02-002
02-001
02-009
02-010
f
c
e
c
c
d
c
b
b
b
a
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 424
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
03-001 DOOR ---
03-004 ROLL ---
03-005 HANDLE ---
03-006 LEVER ---
03-007 SCREW ---
03-009 GUIDE PLATE ---
03-011 BUSHING ---
03-012 ROLLER ---
03-013 GEAR 19/40T ---
03-014 GEAR 19/32T ---
03-015 GEAR 20T ---
03-017 GEAR 22T ---
03-019 LEVER ---
03-001
03-019
03-007
03-004
03-004
03-004
03-007
03-004
03-005
03-006
03-007
03-009
03-011
03-012
B(C802-OPTI-208)
03-013
03-014
03-015
03-014
03-011
h
d
g
e
f
f
f
d
c
b
c
b
b
a
03-017
FOR LPA3CZ1CU8/500-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT A3 NO.3 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C802-OPTI-210
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 426
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
04-001 SCREW ---
04-003 COVER ---
04-008 COVER ---
04-009 HOLDER ---
04-012 RUBBER FOOT ---
04-014 COVER ---
04-015 RUBBER FOOT ---
04-016 SHOULDER SCREW ---
04-008
04-009
04-012
04-001
04-001
04-003
(x2pcs)
04-001
04-015
04-015
04-012
04-014
04-016
FOR LPA3CZ1CU8/500-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT A3 NO.4 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C802-OPTI-211
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
c
a
b
d
b
c
b a
a
a
b
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
04-001
04-001 (x2pcs)
(x2pcs) 04-001
(x2pcs) 04-001
04-001 (x2pcs)
04-001 (x2pcs)
04-001 (x2pcs)
(x2pcs) 04-001
04-001 (x2pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 428
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
05-001 PULSE MOTOR Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)/Vertical
Transport Motor (M2-PC)
05-003 GEAR 27T ---
05-004 SHOULDER SCREW ---
05-006 PHOTO INTERRUPUTER Paper Near-Empty Sensor (PC1-
PC)/Set Sensor (PC2-PC)/CD Paper
Size Sensor 2 (PC3-PC)/CD Paper
Size Sensor 1 (PC4-PC)
05-009 BRACKET ---
05-012 MAGNET MOTOR Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC)
05-013 PWB-I Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC)
05-016 SCREW ---
05-017 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
05-018 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
05-020 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
05-021 PWB ASSY Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
05-022 LEVER ---
05-025 SHOULDER SCREW ---
05-026 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
05-013
05-009
05-004
05-003 05-003
05-004
05-006
05-001
05-001
05-006
05-006
05-026
05-025
05-006
05-022
05-021
05-016
05-016
05-017
05-018
05-020
FOR LPA3CZ1CU8/500-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT A3 NO.5 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C802-OPTI-212
d
f
e
e
a
d
d
d
d
c
c b
b
a
05-012
M2-PC
M1-PC
M3-PC
PC1-PC
PC2-PC
PC3-PC
PWB-Z-PC
PWB-I-PC
PC4-PC
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 430
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
06-001 GUIDE ---
06-002 LABEL CARRYING CAPACITY ---
06-003 STOPPER ---
06-004 SHOULDER SCREW ---
06-006 GEAR 14T ---
06-007 FRICTION SHEET ---
06-008 REGULATING PLATE ---
06-009 KNOB ---
06-010 LEVER ---
06-011 PRESSURE SPRING ---
06-014 LIFTING PLATE ---
06-015 CASSETTE ASSY ---
06-017 HANDLE ---
06-018 LABEL,PAPER CAUTION,CST;B ---
06-021 LEVER ---
06-022 STOPPER ---
06-025 ACTUATOR ---
06-031 REGULATING PLATE ---
06-034 BUSHING ---
06-036 FRONT COVER ASSY ---
06-041 REGURATION COVER ASSY ---
06-042 LEVER ---
06-043 FRICTION BOARD ---
06-046 SHOULDER SCREW ---
06-047 CASSETTE UNIT ---
06-046
06-017
06-022
06-021
06-018
06-036
06-042
06-034
06-043
06-007
06-014
06-015
06-011
06-010
06-009
06-008
06-001
06-006
06-003
06-004
06-003
06-002
06-001
06-031
g
f
h
h
e
a
a
a
a
f
e
d
c
a
b
a
a
06-025
06-041
06-047
FOR LPA3CZ1CU8/500-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT A3 NO.6 Rev.01
C802-OPTI-213 Only numbered Service Parts are available.
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 432
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
07-001 CORD CLAMP ---
07-002 SADDLE ---
07-003 SADDLE ---
07-004 SADDLE ---
07-005 SADDLE ---
07-006 HOLDER ---
07-007 SADDLE ---
07-008 BAND ---
FOR LPA3CZ1CU8/500-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT A3 NO.7 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C802-OPTI-214
07-008
07-007
07-006
07-005
07-004 (x5pcs)
07-002
07-001
11.4
14.2
L=110
18
31.4
11.2
8.5
11.5
9.2
4.8
7.3
11.5
5.2
5 10
2.4
1.3
(x6pcs)
(x8pcs)
07-003 (x2pcs)
(x6pcs)
(x3pcs)
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 434
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
08-001 SHOULDER SCREW ---
08-002 STOP PLATE ---
08-003 LABEL,PAPER SIZE ---
08-004 LABEL,CASSETTE NAME ---
08-005 COVER ASSY ---
08-004
08-003
08-002 08-002 08-002 08-002
FOR LPA3CZ1CU8/500-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT A3 NO.8 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C802-OPTI-215
08-005
08-001 08-001 08-001 08-001
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 436
Confidential
DUPLEX NIT
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
01-001 STOPPER ---
01-003 LEVER ---
01-004 LABEL,COVER D ---
01-005 PLATE SPRING ---
01-006 DOOR ---
01-007 SHOULDER SCREW ---
01-009 COVER ---
01-011 WASHER ---
01-015 ACTUATOR ---
01-017 COVER Duplex Unit Rear Cover
01-021 LABEL,PAPER
CAUTION,DUPLEX
---
01-015 01-011
01-007
01-005
01-005
01-021
01-006
01-004
01-003
01-001
01-009
01-015
01-011
01-007
01-017
FOR LPA3CRU8/DUPLEX UNIT NO.1 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C802-OPTI-216
a
a
a
a
b
a
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 438
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
02-001 ROLLER ---
02-002 ROLL ---
02-003 ROLLER ---
02-004 BUSHING ---
02-005 TIMING BELT 328L ---
02-006 PULLEY 22T ---
02-008 ROLLER ---
02-012 TIMING BELT 144L ---
02-013 GEAR 25/33T ---
02-014 GEAR 20/22T ---
02-017 PULSE MOTOR Duplex Unit Switchback Motor
(M2DU)
02-021 PWB-A Duplex Unit Control Board (PWB-
A DU)
02-022 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
02-025 WIRE ---
02-029 TIMING BELT 300L ---
02-002
02-002
02-008
02-004
02-004
02-006
02-006
02-005
02-004
02-004
02-003
02-002
02-002
02-002
02-002
02-001
02-029
02-004
02-014
02-004
02-012
02-013
02-017
02-025
02-021
02-022
FOR LPA3CRU8/DUPLEX UNIT NO.2 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available.
e
a
c
d
f
f
a
a
g
g
e
e
a
b
b
a
PWB-A DU
M2 DU
C802-OPTI-217
EPSON AcuLaser C9200N Revision D
APPENDIX Exploded Diagram / Parts List 440
Confidential
Ref. No Part Name Name in this manual
03-001 PHOTO INTERRUPTER Duplex Unit Door Set Sensor
(PCIDU)
03-003 PULSE MOTOR Switchback Motor (M1DU)
03-005 GEAR 18T ---
03-006 GEAR 14T ---
03-007 TIMING BELT 138L ---
03-010 HOOK ---
03-013 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ---
03-016 GEAR 17/30T ---
03-017 SADDLE ---
03-018 COVER ---
FOR LPA3CRU8/DUPLEX UNIT NO.3 Rev.01
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C802-OPTI-218
03-018
03-017
03-013
03-016
03-007
03-006
03-005
03-010
d
d
a
a
c
b
03-003
03-001
M1 DU
PC1 DU
4.8
7.3

S-ar putea să vă placă și